diff options
| author | Ingo Molnar | 2014-08-22 10:04:15 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Ingo Molnar | 2014-08-22 10:04:15 +0200 |
| commit | 80b304fd00e8b667775ff791121b61ecd7cd0c03 (patch) | |
| tree | b4f2ec59fe062c43343ee4c2f10a6bcd0e4dcd1b /Documentation | |
| parent | fb21b84e7f809ef04b1e5aed5d463cf0d4866638 (diff) | |
| parent | 6a7519e81321343165f89abb8b616df186d3e57a (diff) | |
Merge tag 'efi-urgent' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mfleming/efi into x86/urgent
Pull EFI fixes from Matt Fleming:
* WARN_ON(!spin_is_locked()) always triggers on non-SMP machines.
Swap it for the more canonical lockdep_assert_held() which always
does the right thing - Guenter Roeck
* Assign the correct value to efi.runtime_version on arm64 so that all
the runtime services can be invoked - Semen Protsenko
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
311 files changed, 8488 insertions, 1456 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb index a6b685724740..e2bc700a6f9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.23 Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> Description: - If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory - will contain a file named power/persist. The file holds a - boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the - "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. Since the - facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default - for all devices except hubs. For more information, see - Documentation/usb/persist.txt. + USB device directories can contain a file named power/persist. + The file holds a boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or + not the "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. For + hubs this facility is always enabled and their device + directories will not contain this file. + + For more information, see Documentation/usb/persist.txt. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend Date: March 2007 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index 4c3efe434806..d0d0c578324c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Description: option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio] base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + [FIRMWARE_CHECK] mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) @@ -57,7 +58,8 @@ Description: measure func=BPRM_CHECK measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 - measure func=MODULE_CHECK uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK + measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK appraise fowner=0 The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index a9757dcf2e81..d760b0224ef7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -260,6 +260,10 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 @@ -447,6 +451,14 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en @@ -492,6 +504,14 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en @@ -538,6 +558,14 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value @@ -588,6 +616,18 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis @@ -635,6 +675,14 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value @@ -690,6 +738,22 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period @@ -787,6 +851,10 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en @@ -853,6 +921,10 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index @@ -895,6 +967,19 @@ Description: on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will automatically load the saved configuration. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some + object is near the sensor, usually be observing + reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion + to SI units is not possible. Where it is, the units should + be meters. + What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw @@ -933,3 +1018,13 @@ Description: x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about which a rotation will occur and w component represents the amount of rotation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with + or without compensation from tilt sensors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5235e6c749ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger + driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event + driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data + into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during + automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods + are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5172a6124b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. The override is specified by writing a string + to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \ + driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string + (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard + matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not + automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make + any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no + driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, + the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows + devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override + name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in + the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd index 501adc2a9ec7..2ddd680929d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -94,5 +94,5 @@ current_snap parent - Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for - the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only). + Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd + image. Entries are separated by empty lines. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aae68fc2d842 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super +Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs +driver is bound with root hub device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" + for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d0a1b4be82d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/ +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a + given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to + device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../iommu +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a + given device here to allow association of device to + IOMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d6ba8e8a4a97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU + specification. Format: %x + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..258cc246d98e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU. + Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs + intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware capability register value + of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware extended capability register + value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The architecture version as reported from the + VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e4fae6026e79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode +Date: Jun 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode + of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as + well. + + 0 - normal + 1 - audio + 2 - breathing + + Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled + Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level + Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0ec8b8178c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/mei/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class + + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for + each probed mei device + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd index 1399bb2da3eb..76ee192f80a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -184,3 +184,41 @@ Description: It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically, + these failures are associated with failed read operations. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the + device's ECC. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in + this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash + bad block table (BBT). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net index 416c5d59f52e..d322b0581194 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -1,3 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: + 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2: predictably named by the kernel + 3: named by userspace + 4: renamed + What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type Date: July 2010 KernelVersion: 3.2 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe index 1870737a1f5e..64ac6d567c4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -25,6 +25,15 @@ Date: Oct 2013 Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used. +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream +Date: May 2014 +Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ + /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set + on 'next_bitstream'. + What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens Date: Oct 2013 Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo index 57b92cbdceae..53a0725962e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -4,18 +4,21 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be is being controlled by press_speed. Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right Date: July 2011 @@ -23,16 +26,25 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate a left or right mouse button click. Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + Values are 0 or 1 + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6a733bfa37e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in + the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest + to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: + Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). + For example: + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration + register 0x0E. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..69f5af632657 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com> +Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114 + and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once + data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit + words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value + as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment + exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits. +Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on + Tegra SoC's diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom index 7fc781048b79..c4f0fed64a6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -1,48 +1,27 @@ -WWhat: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img -Date: June 2012 -Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org -Description: - The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img files control - OLED mocro displays on Intuos4 Wireless tablet. Accepted image - has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). The format - is the same as PBM image 62x32px without header (64 bits per - horizontal line, 32 lines). An example of setting OLED No. 0: - dd bs=256 count=1 if=img_file of=[path to oled0_img]/oled0_img - The attribute is read only and no local copy of the image is - stored. - -What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed Date: April 2010 Kernel Version: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org Description: - The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed file controls - reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading from - this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file + controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading + from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values switches reporting speed. -What: /sys/class/leds/0005\:056A\:00BD.0001\:selector\:*/ -Date: May 2012 -Kernel Version: 3.5 -Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org -Description: - LED selector for Intuos4 WL. There are 4 leds, but only one LED - can be lit at a time. Max brightness is 127. - -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/led -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, - and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 5 (LEDs only), and Cintiq - 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD (LEDs only). Therefore its presence - implicitly signifies the presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the - tablet device. + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only), + Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD + (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the + presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status0_luminance -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) @@ -50,16 +29,16 @@ Description: button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status1_luminance -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is pressed on the stylus. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led0_select -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 @@ -67,23 +46,23 @@ Description: 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the same side are always inactive. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led1_select -Date: September 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the left are always inactive. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) of all eight button OLED displays. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg -Date: August 2011 +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg +Date: August 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 @@ -93,3 +72,8 @@ Description: byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first line, and the high nibble contains the second line. + When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the + image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). + The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can + be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420. + HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..304ba84a973a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current revision of NILFS file system driver. + This value informs about file system revision that + driver is ready to support. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show NILFS file system revision on volume. + This value informs about metadata structures' + revision on mounted volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's block size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of free blocks on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's label. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in human-readable + format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current write count of super block. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock + (in seconds). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show start block number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show sequence value of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show segment sequence counter. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the latest full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the full segment index + to be used next. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show offset of next partial segment in the current + full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in + human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of dirty data blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of segments on a volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks in segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of clean segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of checkpoints on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of snapshots on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of inodes for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id> + group. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea0cc8c42093 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log reserve grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log write grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + oustanding transactions, including regrants due to + rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty index ad22fb0ee765..9eb3c2b6b040 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -138,3 +138,19 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com> +Description: + Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the + user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer. + Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the + serial device file or not. + + The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART + serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F, + the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the + device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on + 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is + automatically changed to 4 bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index cc63f30de166..f2130586ef5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ !Ikernel/sched/cpupri.c !Ikernel/sched/fair.c !Iinclude/linux/completion.h -!Ekernel/timer.c +!Ekernel/time/timer.c </sect1> <sect1><title>Wait queues and Wake events</title> !Iinclude/linux/wait.h @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <sect1><title>High-resolution timers</title> !Iinclude/linux/ktime.h !Iinclude/linux/hrtimer.h -!Ekernel/hrtimer.c +!Ekernel/time/hrtimer.c </sect1> <sect1><title>Workqueues and Kevents</title> !Ekernel/workqueue.c @@ -128,8 +128,12 @@ X!Edrivers/base/interface.c !Edrivers/base/bus.c </sect1> <sect1><title>Device Drivers DMA Management</title> -!Edrivers/base/dma-buf.c -!Edrivers/base/reservation.c +!Edrivers/dma-buf/dma-buf.c +!Edrivers/dma-buf/fence.c +!Edrivers/dma-buf/seqno-fence.c +!Iinclude/linux/fence.h +!Iinclude/linux/seqno-fence.h +!Edrivers/dma-buf/reservation.c !Iinclude/linux/reservation.h !Edrivers/base/dma-coherent.c !Edrivers/base/dma-mapping.c diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl index 7df3134ebc0e..bacefc5b222e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ char *date;</synopsis> <function>drm_dev_unregister()</function> followed by a call to <function>drm_dev_unref()</function>. </para> -!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_stub.c +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c </sect2> <sect2> <title>Driver Load</title> @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> The connector is then registered with a call to <function>drm_connector_init</function> with a pointer to the connector functions and a connector type, and exposed through sysfs with a call to - <function>drm_sysfs_connector_add</function>. + <function>drm_connector_register</function>. </para> <para> Supported connector types are @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> (<function>drm_encoder_cleanup</function>) and connectors (<function>drm_connector_cleanup</function>). Furthermore, connectors that have been added to sysfs must be removed by a call to - <function>drm_sysfs_connector_remove</function> before calling + <function>drm_connector_unregister</function> before calling <function>drm_connector_cleanup</function>. </para> <para> @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) drm_encoder_helper_add(&intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_helper_funcs); drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs); - drm_sysfs_connector_add(connector); + drm_connector_register(connector); }]]></programlisting> <para> In the example above (taken from the i915 driver), a CRTC, connector and @@ -2338,6 +2338,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Display Port MST Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c dp mst helper +!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_mst_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>EDID Helper Functions Reference</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c </sect2> @@ -2502,7 +2508,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="20" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >DRM</td> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> @@ -2633,7 +2639,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Optional</td> + <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Optional</td> <td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }</td> @@ -2641,6 +2647,15 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> + <td valign="top" >"aspect ratio"</td> + <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> + <td valign="top" >{ "None", "4:3", "16:9" }</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to set aspect ratio from user space app. + This enum is made generic to allow addition of custom aspect + ratios.</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td valign="top" >“dirty”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td> <td valign="top" >{ "Off", "On", "Annotate" }</td> @@ -2649,7 +2664,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) </tr> <tr> <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >i915</td> - <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "Automatic", "Full", "Limited 16:235" }</td> @@ -2664,10 +2679,11 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td> + <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> + <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> + <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, { 2, "rotate-180" }</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> @@ -2799,8 +2815,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >CDV gma-500</td> - <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >CDV gma-500</td> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ “Full”, “Limited 16:235” }</td> @@ -2815,15 +2831,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td rowspan="20" valign="top" >Poulsbo</td> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="19" valign="top" >Poulsbo</td> + <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“backlight”</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td> @@ -2831,13 +2840,6 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> <td rowspan="17" valign="top" >SDVO-TV</td> <td valign="top" >“mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -3064,7 +3066,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >i2c/ch7006_drv</td> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >i2c/ch7006_drv</td> <td valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“scale”</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> @@ -3073,14 +3075,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >TV</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard names as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard types as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Values as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard object as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> + <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >TV</td> <td valign="top" >“mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "PAL", "PAL-M","PAL-N"}, ”PAL-Nc" @@ -3089,7 +3084,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="16" valign="top" >nouveau</td> + <td rowspan="15" valign="top" >nouveau</td> <td rowspan="6" valign="top" >NV10 Overlay</td> <td valign="top" >"colorkey"</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> @@ -3198,14 +3193,6 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td valign="top" >Generic</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >omap</td> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> @@ -3236,7 +3223,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="10" valign="top" >radeon</td> + <td rowspan="9" valign="top" >radeon</td> <td valign="top" >DVI-I</td> <td valign="top" >“coherent”</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> @@ -3308,14 +3295,6 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td valign="top" >Generic</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >rcar-du</td> <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"alpha"</td> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl index 2c425d70f7e2..641629221176 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl @@ -556,11 +556,11 @@ been converted to this framework. Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs". </para> -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_acm.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_ecm.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_subset.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_obex.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_serial.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_acm.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_ecm.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_subset.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_obex.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_serial.c </sect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile index 639e74857968..df2962d9e11e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ FILENAME = \ DOCUMENTED = \ -e "s/\(enum *\)v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\([a-z]*_spatial_filter_type\)/\1<link linkend=\"\2\">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\2<\/link>/g" \ -e "s/\(\(enum\|struct\) *\)\(v4l2_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)/\1<link linkend=\"\3\">\3<\/link>/g" \ - -e "s/\(V4L2_PIX_FMT_[A-Z0-9_]\+\) /<link linkend=\"\1\">\1<\/link> /g" \ + -e "s/\(V4L2_PIX_FMT_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+v4l2_fourcc\)/<link linkend=\"\1\">\1<\/link>\2/g" \ -e ":a;s/\(linkend=\".*\)_\(.*\">\)/\1-\2/;ta" \ -e "s/v4l2\-mpeg\-vbi\-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g" diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml index 24c22cabc668..948ddaab592e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -555,10 +555,46 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system { </section> <section id="DTV-ISDBT-LAYER-TIME-INTERLEAVING"> <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</constant></title> - <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, -1 (AUTO)</para> - <para>Note: The real inter-leaver depth-names depend on the mode (fft-size); the values - here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure - - independent of the mode.</para> + <para>Valid values: 0, 1, 2, 4, -1 (AUTO)</para> + <para>when DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is active, value 8 is also valid.</para> + <para>Note: The real time interleaving length depends on the mode (fft-size). The values + here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure, as shown in the table below.</para> + <informaltable id="isdbt-layer-interleaving-table"> + <tgroup cols="4" align="center"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</entry> + <entry>Mode 1 (2K FFT)</entry> + <entry>Mode 2 (4K FFT)</entry> + <entry>Mode 3 (8K FFT)</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>16</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-FIC-VER"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER</constant></title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 47198eef75a4..9f5ffd85560b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -13,6 +13,19 @@ correctly with any device.</para> <para>All controls are accessed using an ID value. V4L2 defines several IDs for specific purposes. Drivers can also implement their own custom controls using <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> +<footnote><para>The use of <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> +is problematic because different drivers may use the same +<constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> ID for different controls. +This makes it hard to programatically set such controls since the meaning +of the control with that ID is driver dependent. In order to resolve this +drivers use unique IDs and the <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> +IDs are mapped to those unique IDs by the kernel. Consider these +<constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> IDs as aliases to the real +IDs.</para> +<para>Many applications today still use the <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> +IDs instead of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; with the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> +flag to enumerate all IDs, so support for <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> +is still around.</para></footnote> and higher values. The pre-defined control IDs have the prefix <constant>V4L2_CID_</constant>, and are listed in <xref linkend="control-id" />. The ID is used when querying the attributes of @@ -31,25 +44,22 @@ the current video input or output, tuner or modulator, or audio input or output. Different in the sense of other bounds, another default and current value, step size or other menu items. A control with a certain <emphasis>custom</emphasis> ID can also change name and -type.<footnote> - <para>It will be more convenient for applications if drivers -make use of the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED</constant> flag, but -that was never required.</para> - </footnote> Control values are stored globally, they do not +type.</para> + + <para>If a control is not applicable to the current configuration +of the device (for example, it doesn't apply to the current video input) +drivers set the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE</constant> flag.</para> + + <para>Control values are stored globally, they do not change when switching except to stay within the reported bounds. They also do not change ⪚ when the device is opened or closed, when the tuner radio frequency is changed or generally never without -application request. Since V4L2 specifies no event mechanism, panel -applications intended to cooperate with other panel applications (be -they built into a larger application, as a TV viewer) may need to -regularly poll control values to update their user -interface.<footnote> - <para>Applications could call an ioctl to request events. -After another process called &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or another ioctl changing -shared properties the &func-select; function would indicate -readability until any ioctl (querying the properties) is -called.</para> - </footnote></para> +application request.</para> + + <para>V4L2 specifies an event mechanism to notify applications +when controls change value (see &VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT;, event +<constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant>), panel applications might want to make +use of that in order to always reflect the correct control value.</para> <para> All controls use machine endianness. @@ -398,14 +408,17 @@ to work.</entry> <row id="v4l2-alpha-component"> <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant></entry> <entry>integer</entry> - <entry> Sets the alpha color component on the capture device or on - the capture buffer queue of a mem-to-mem device. When a mem-to-mem - device produces frame format that includes an alpha component + <entry>Sets the alpha color component. When a capture device (or + capture queue of a mem-to-mem device) produces a frame format that + includes an alpha component (e.g. <link linkend="rgb-formats">packed RGB image formats</link>) - and the alpha value is not defined by the mem-to-mem input data - this control lets you select the alpha component value of all - pixels. It is applicable to any pixel format that contains an alpha - component. + and the alpha value is not defined by the device or the mem-to-mem + input data this control lets you select the alpha component value of + all pixels. When an output device (or output queue of a mem-to-mem + device) consumes a frame format that doesn't include an alpha + component and the device supports alpha channel processing this + control lets you set the alpha component value of all pixels for + further processing in the device. </entry> </row> <row> @@ -434,127 +447,152 @@ Drivers must implement <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>, controls, <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> when it has one or more menu type controls.</para> - <example> - <title>Enumerating all controls</title> + <example id="enum_all_controls"> + <title>Enumerating all user controls</title> <programlisting> &v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl; &v4l2-querymenu; querymenu; -static void -enumerate_menu (void) +static void enumerate_menu(void) { - printf (" Menu items:\n"); + printf(" Menu items:\n"); - memset (&querymenu, 0, sizeof (querymenu)); + memset(&querymenu, 0, sizeof(querymenu)); querymenu.id = queryctrl.id; for (querymenu.index = queryctrl.minimum; querymenu.index <= queryctrl.maximum; - querymenu.index++) { - if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &querymenu)) { - printf (" %s\n", querymenu.name); + querymenu.index++) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &querymenu)) { + printf(" %s\n", querymenu.name); } } } -memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl)); +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BASE; queryctrl.id < V4L2_CID_LASTP1; queryctrl.id++) { - if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) continue; - printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) - enumerate_menu (); + enumerate_menu(); } else { if (errno == EINVAL) continue; - perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } } for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;; queryctrl.id++) { - if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) continue; - printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) - enumerate_menu (); + enumerate_menu(); } else { if (errno == EINVAL) break; - perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } } </programlisting> </example> <example> + <title>Enumerating all user controls (alternative)</title> + <programlisting> +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); + +queryctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(queryctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER) + break; + if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) + continue; + + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + + if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) + enumerate_menu(); + + queryctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +} +if (errno != EINVAL) { + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} +</programlisting> + </example> + + <example> <title>Changing controls</title> <programlisting> &v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl; &v4l2-control; control; -memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl)); +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS; -if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { if (errno != EINVAL) { - perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } else { - printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); + printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); } } else if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) { - printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); + printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); } else { - memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control)); + memset(&control, 0, sizeof (control)); control.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS; control.value = queryctrl.default_value; - if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control)) { - perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control)) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } } -memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control)); +memset(&control, 0, sizeof(control)); control.id = V4L2_CID_CONTRAST; -if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &control)) { +if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &control)) { control.value += 1; /* The driver may clamp the value or return ERANGE, ignored here */ - if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control) + if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control) && errno != ERANGE) { - perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } /* Ignore if V4L2_CID_CONTRAST is unsupported */ } else if (errno != EINVAL) { - perror ("VIDIOC_G_CTRL"); - exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + perror("VIDIOC_G_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } control.id = V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE; -control.value = TRUE; /* silence */ +control.value = 1; /* silence */ /* Errors ignored */ -ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control); +ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control); </programlisting> </example> </section> @@ -625,16 +663,29 @@ supported.</para> &v4l2-control;, except for the fact that it also allows for 64-bit values and pointers to be passed.</para> + <para>Since the &v4l2-ext-control; supports pointers it is now +also possible to have controls with compound types such as N-dimensional arrays +and/or structures. You need to specify the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> +when enumerating controls to actually be able to see such compound controls. +In other words, these controls with compound types should only be used +programmatically.</para> + + <para>Since such compound controls need to expose more information +about themselves than is possible with &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; the +&VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL; ioctl was added. In particular, this ioctl gives +the dimensions of the N-dimensional array if this control consists of more than +one element.</para> + <para>It is important to realize that due to the flexibility of controls it is necessary to check whether the control you want to set actually is supported in the driver and what the valid range of values -is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; and &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to -check this. Also note that it is possible that some of the menu -indices in a control of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> -may not be supported (<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> will -return an error). A good example is the list of supported MPEG audio -bitrates. Some drivers only support one or two bitrates, others -support a wider range.</para> +is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; (or &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;) and +&VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to check this. Also note that it is possible +that some of the menu indices in a control of type +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> may not be supported +(<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> will return an error). A good +example is the list of supported MPEG audio bitrates. Some drivers only +support one or two bitrates, others support a wider range.</para> <para> All controls use machine endianness. @@ -675,12 +726,12 @@ control class is found:</para> <informalexample> <programlisting> qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; -while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) { - if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS (qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG) +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) { + if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG) break; /* ... */ - qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; - } + qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +} </programlisting> </informalexample> @@ -700,7 +751,7 @@ ID based on a control ID.</para> <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> will fail when used in combination with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant>. In that case the old method of enumerating control should be used (see -1.8). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over +<xref linkend="enum_all_controls" />). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over all controls, including driver-private controls.</para> </section> @@ -4000,6 +4051,68 @@ to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry> </row> <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Mono/Stereo bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the audio was recorded as stereo.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the +<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Artificial_head">Artificial Head</ulink> bit of the Decoder +Identification code. If set, then the audio was recorded using an artificial head.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Compressed bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the audio is compressed.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Dynamic PTY bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the PTY code is dynamically switched.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it +broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it should be set.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then transmit alternate frequencies.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS</constant> </entry> + <entry>__u32 array</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">The alternate frequencies in kHz units. The RDS standard allows +for up to 25 frequencies to be defined. Drivers may support fewer frequencies so check +the array size.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED</constant> </entry> <entry>boolean</entry> </row> @@ -4976,6 +5089,57 @@ description of this control class.</entry> </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables RDS reception by the radio tuner</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets RDS Programme Type field. +This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME</constant> </entry> + <entry>string</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME). +It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service +identification and selection. In Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />, the RDS specification, +there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings. +Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT</constant> </entry> + <entry>string</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets the Radio Text info. It is a textual description of +what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names, +programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText can be used in addition to +<constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME</constant>. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described +in Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being +used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH</constant> </entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it +broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it will be set.</entry> + </row> <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS</constant> </entry> <entry>enum v4l2_deemphasis</entry> @@ -5007,6 +5171,102 @@ defines possible values for de-emphasis. Here they are:</entry> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + </section> + + <section id="detect-controls"> + <title>Detect Control Reference</title> + + <para>The Detect class includes controls for common features of + various motion or object detection capable devices.</para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="detect-control-id"> + <title>Detect Control IDs</title> + + <tgroup cols="4"> + <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> + <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" /> + <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" /> + <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" /> + <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" /> + <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry> + <entry align="left">Type</entry> + </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS</constant> </entry> + <entry>class</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The Detect class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE</constant> </entry> + <entry>menu</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection mode.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_DISABLED</constant> + </entry><entry>Disable motion detection.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL</constant> + </entry><entry>Use a single motion detection threshold.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant> + </entry><entry>The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own + motion detection threshold. These thresholds are set through the + <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant> matrix control.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID</constant> + </entry><entry>The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own + region value that specifies which per-region motion detection thresholds + should be used. Each region has its own thresholds. How these per-region + thresholds are set up is driver-specific. The region values for the grid are set + through the <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant> matrix + control.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the global motion detection threshold to be + used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL</constant> motion detection mode.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant> </entry> + <entry>__u16 matrix</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection thresholds for each cell in the grid. + To be used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant> + motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the + grid.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant> </entry> + <entry>__u8 matrix</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection region value for each cell in the grid. + To be used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID</constant> + motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the + grid.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml index b788c72c885e..f4b61b6ce3c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml @@ -150,9 +150,15 @@ signal. Drivers shall not convert the sample format by software.</para></entry> <entry>This is the scanning system line number associated with the first line of the VBI image, of the first and the second field respectively. See <xref linkend="vbi-525" /> and -<xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid values. VBI input drivers can -return start values 0 if the hardware cannot reliable identify -scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this +<xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid values. +The <constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START</constant>, +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START</constant>, +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START</constant> defines give the start line +numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a convenience. +Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0. +VBI input drivers can return start values 0 if the hardware cannot +reliable identify scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this information.</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml index dc14804f5436..f8903568a243 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml @@ -72,9 +72,12 @@ To use the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls applications set the <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> and use the &v4l2-sdr-format; <structfield>sdr</structfield> member of the <structfield>fmt</structfield> union as needed per the desired operation. -Currently only the <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> field of -&v4l2-sdr-format; is used. The content of that field is the V4L2 fourcc code -of the data format. +Currently there is two fields, <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and +<structfield>buffersize</structfield>, of struct &v4l2-sdr-format; which are +used. Content of the <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> is V4L2 FourCC +code of the data format. The <structfield>buffersize</structfield> field is +maximum buffer size in bytes required for data transfer, set by the driver in +order to inform application. </para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-sdr-format"> @@ -92,8 +95,15 @@ V4L2 defines SDR formats in <xref linkend="sdr-formats" />. </entry> </row> <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>buffersize</structfield></entry> + <entry> +Maximum size in bytes required for data. Value is set by the driver. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry>__u8</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved[28]</structfield></entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[24]</structfield></entry> <entry>This array is reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set it to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml index 548f8ea28dee..7a8bf3011ee9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml @@ -185,7 +185,14 @@ tables, sigh. --></para></entry> <entry></entry> <entry spanname="hspan">Drivers must set <structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][0] and -<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.</entry> +<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero. +The <constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START</constant>, +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START</constant>, +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START</constant> defines give the start +line numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a +convenience. Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0. +</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index a086a5db7a18..e5e8325aa3d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -870,7 +870,8 @@ should set this to 0.</entry> If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then <structfield>bytesused</structfield> will be set to the size of the plane (see the <structfield>length</structfield> field of this struct) - by the driver.</entry> + by the driver. Note that the actual image data starts at + <structfield>data_offset</structfield> which may not be 0.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -919,6 +920,10 @@ should set this to 0.</entry> <entry>Offset in bytes to video data in the plane. Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield> refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream. + Note that data_offset is included in <structfield>bytesused</structfield>. + So the size of the image in the plane is + <structfield>bytesused</structfield>-<structfield>data_offset</structfield> at + offset <structfield>data_offset</structfield> from the start of the plane. </entry> </row> <row> @@ -1066,7 +1071,7 @@ state, in the application domain so to say.</entry> <entry>Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> ioctl. It may be set by video capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a -key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also know as +key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also known as an I-frame. Applications can set this bit when <structfield>type</structfield> refers to an output stream.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml index e1c4f8b4c0b3..2aae8e9452a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml @@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ typical PC graphics frame buffers. They occupy 8, 16, 24 or 32 bits per pixel. These are all packed-pixel formats, meaning all the data for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.</para> - <para>When one of these formats is used, drivers shall report the -colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> - <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats"> <title>Packed RGB Image Formats</title> <tgroup cols="37" align="center"> @@ -130,9 +127,9 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry> - <entry>'R444'</entry> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB444"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB444</constant></entry> + <entry>'AR12'</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> @@ -152,9 +149,31 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry> - <entry>'RGBO'</entry> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB444"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB444</constant></entry> + <entry>'XR12'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB555"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555</constant></entry> + <entry>'AR15'</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> @@ -174,6 +193,28 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB555"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555</constant></entry> + <entry>'XR15'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + </row> <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565"> <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></entry> <entry>'RGBP'</entry> @@ -341,9 +382,9 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry> - <entry>'BGR4'</entry> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ABGR32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32</constant></entry> + <entry>'AR24'</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> @@ -381,9 +422,49 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry> - <entry>'RGB4'</entry> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XBGR32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR32</constant></entry> + <entry>'XR24'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB32</constant></entry> + <entry>'AX24'</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> @@ -421,18 +502,76 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB32</constant></entry> + <entry>'BX24'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> - <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of the a = alpha -bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing -to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a -<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link linkend="osd"> -Video Output Overlay</link> or when the alpha component has been configured -for a <link linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> by means of <link -linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"> <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT -</constant> </link> control.</para> + <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit.</para> + + <para>The usage and value of the alpha bits (a) in the ARGB and ABGR formats + (collectively referred to as alpha formats) depend on the device type and + hardware operation. <link linkend="capture">Capture</link> devices + (including capture queues of mem-to-mem devices) fill the alpha component in + memory. When the device outputs an alpha channel the alpha component will + have a meaningful value. Otherwise, when the device doesn't output an alpha + channel but can set the alpha bit to a user-configurable value, the <link + linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"><constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant> + </link> control is used to specify that alpha value, and the alpha component + of all pixels will be set to the value specified by that control. Otherwise + a corresponding format without an alpha component (XRGB or XBGR) must be + used instead of an alpha format.</para> + + <para><link linkend="output">Output</link> devices (including output queues + of mem-to-mem devices and <link linkend="osd">video output overlay</link> + devices) read the alpha component from memory. When the device processes the + alpha channel the alpha component must be filled with meaningful values by + applications. Otherwise a corresponding format without an alpha component + (XRGB or XBGR) must be used instead of an alpha format.</para> + + <para>The XRGB and XBGR formats contain undefined bits (-). Applications, + devices and drivers must ignore those bits, for both <link + linkend="capture">capture</link> and <link linkend="output">output</link> + devices.</para> <example> <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> 4 × 4 pixel @@ -512,6 +651,239 @@ image</title> </formalpara> </example> + <para>Formats defined in <xref linkend="rgb-formats-deprecated"/> are + deprecated and must not be used by new drivers. They are documented here for + reference. The meaning of their alpha bits (a) is ill-defined and + interpreted as in either the corresponding ARGB or XRGB format, depending on + the driver.</para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats-deprecated"> + <title>Deprecated Packed RGB Image Formats</title> + <tgroup cols="37" align="center"> + <colspec colname="id" align="left" /> + <colspec colname="fourcc" /> + <colspec colname="bit" /> + + <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" /> + + <colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" /> + + <colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" /> + + <colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" /> + + <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" /> + <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" /> + <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" /> + <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Identifier</entry> + <entry>Code</entry> + <entry> </entry> + <entry spanname="b0">Byte 0 in memory</entry> + <entry spanname="b1">Byte 1</entry> + <entry spanname="b2">Byte 2</entry> + <entry spanname="b3">Byte 3</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> </entry> + <entry> </entry> + <entry>Bit</entry> + <entry>7</entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry> </entry> + <entry>7</entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry> </entry> + <entry>7</entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry> </entry> + <entry>7</entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry> + <entry>'R444'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry> + <entry>'RGBO'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a</entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry> + <entry>'BGR4'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry> + <entry>'RGB4'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository. See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions.</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6118d8f7a20c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CS08"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8 ('CS08')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname> + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8</constant> + </refname> + <refpurpose>Complex signed 8-bit IQ sample</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + <para> +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 8 bit signed number. I value comes first and Q value after +that. + </para> + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8</constant> 1 sample</title> + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="2" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>I'<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 1:</entry> + <entry>Q'<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e4b494ce1369 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CS14LE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE ('CS14')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname> + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE</constant> + </refname> + <refpurpose>Complex signed 14-bit little endian IQ sample</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + <para> +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 14 bit signed little endian number. I value comes first +and Q value after that. 14 bit value is stored in 16 bit space with unused +high bits padded with 0. + </para> + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE</constant> 1 sample</title> + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="3" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>I'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry> + <entry>I'<subscript>0[13:8]</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 2:</entry> + <entry>Q'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry> + <entry>Q'<subscript>0[13:8]</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3df076b99f94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-RU12LE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE ('RU12')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname> + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE</constant> + </refname> + <refpurpose>Real unsigned 12-bit little endian sample</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + <para> +This format contains sequence of real number samples. Each sample is +represented as a 12 bit unsigned little endian number. Sample is stored +in 16 bit space with unused high bits padded with 0. + </para> + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE</constant> 1 sample</title> + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="3" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>I'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry> + <entry>I'<subscript>0[11:8]</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml index 9ba4fb690bc0..96947f17fca1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <title>Description</title> <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with -12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6 +12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 4 unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index 91dcbc84f3f8..df5b23d46552 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -112,9 +112,34 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for custom (driver defined) additional -information about formats. When not used drivers and applications must -set this field to zero.</entry> + <entry><para>This field indicates whether the remaining fields of the +<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure, also called the extended +fields, are valid. When set to <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant>, it +indicates that the extended fields have been correctly initialized. When set to +any other value it indicates that the extended fields contain undefined values. +</para> +<para>Applications that wish to use the pixel format extended fields must first +ensure that the feature is supported by querying the device for the +<link linkend="querycap"><constant>V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT</constant></link> +capability. If the capability isn't set the pixel format extended fields are not +supported and using the extended fields will lead to undefined results.</para> +<para>To use the extended fields, applications must set the +<structfield>priv</structfield> field to +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant>, initialize all the extended fields +and zero the unused bytes of the <structname>v4l2_format</structname> +<structfield>raw_data</structfield> field.</para> +<para>When the <structfield>priv</structfield> field isn't set to +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant> drivers must act as if all the +extended fields were set to zero. On return drivers must set the +<structfield>priv</structfield> field to +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant> and all the extended fields to +applicable values.</para></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref +linkend="format-flags" />.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -201,9 +226,15 @@ codes can be used.</entry> and the number of valid entries in the <structfield>plane_fmt</structfield> array.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry>__u8</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref +linkend="format-flags" />.</entry> + </row> <row> <entry>__u8</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[10]</structfield></entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the application.</entry> </row> @@ -248,7 +279,7 @@ has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.</para> <para>In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like <constant>PIX_FMT_XXX</constant>, defined in the <link -linkend="videodev">videodev.h</link> header file. These identifiers +linkend="videodev">videodev2.h</link> header file. These identifiers represent <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character (FourCC) codes</link> which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those used in the Windows world.</para> @@ -828,6 +859,9 @@ interface only.</para> &sub-sdr-cu08; &sub-sdr-cu16le; + &sub-sdr-cs08; + &sub-sdr-cs14le; + &sub-sdr-ru12le; </section> @@ -1060,4 +1094,21 @@ concatenated to form the JPEG stream. </para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="format-flags"> + <title>Format Flags</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PREMUL_ALPHA</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00000001</entry> + <entry>The color values are premultiplied by the alpha channel +value. For example, if a light blue pixel with 50% transparency was described by +RGBA values (128, 192, 255, 128), the same pixel described with premultiplied +colors would be described by RGBA values (64, 96, 128, 128) </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml index 4c238ce068b0..28cbded766c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml @@ -86,47 +86,47 @@ selection targets available for a video capture device. It is recommended to configure the cropping targets before to the composing targets.</para> <para>The range of coordinates of the top left corner, width and height of -areas that can be sampled is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS -</constant> target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the -top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The rectangle's +areas that can be sampled is given by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant> +target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the +top/left corner at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>. The rectangle's coordinates are expressed in pixels.</para> <para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is -the area actually sampled, is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP -</constant> target. It uses the same coordinate system as <constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>. The active cropping area must lie -completely inside the capture boundaries. The driver may further adjust the -requested size and/or position according to hardware limitations.</para> +the area actually sampled, is given by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> +target. It uses the same coordinate system as <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant>. +The active cropping area must lie completely inside the capture boundaries. The +driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware +limitations.</para> <para>Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given by the -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant> target. This rectangle shall over what the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall set the active crop rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded, but not later.</para> <para>The composing targets refer to a memory buffer. The limits of composing -coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS -</constant>. All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left -corner must be located at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and -height are equal to the image size set by <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant>. +coordinates are obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS</constant>. +All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left +corner must be located at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>. The width and +height are equal to the image size set by <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>. </para> <para>The part of a buffer into which the image is inserted by the hardware is -controlled by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target. +controlled by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> target. The rectangle's coordinates are also expressed in the same coordinate system as the bounds rectangle. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside bounds rectangle. The driver must adjust the composing rectangle to fit to the bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according to hardware limitations. The application can control rounding behaviour using -<link linkend="v4l2-selection-flags"> constraint flags </link>.</para> +<link linkend="v4l2-selection-flags"> constraint flags</link>.</para> <para>For capture devices the default composing rectangle is queried using -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant>. It is usually equal to the bounding rectangle.</para> <para>The part of a buffer that is modified by the hardware is given by -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED </constant>. It contains all pixels -defined using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> plus all +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant>. It contains all pixels +defined using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> plus all padding data modified by hardware during insertion process. All pixels outside this rectangle <emphasis>must not</emphasis> be changed by the hardware. The content of pixels that lie inside the padded area but outside active area is @@ -140,52 +140,51 @@ where the rubbish pixels are located and remove them if needed.</para> <title>Configuration of video output</title> <para>For output devices targets and ioctls are used similarly to the video -capture case. The <emphasis> composing </emphasis> rectangle refers to the +capture case. The <emphasis>composing</emphasis> rectangle refers to the insertion of an image into a video signal. The cropping rectangles refer to a memory buffer. It is recommended to configure the composing targets before to the cropping targets.</para> <para>The cropping targets refer to the memory buffer that contains an image to be inserted into a video signal or graphical screen. The limits of cropping -coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>. +coordinates are obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant>. All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The top/left corner is always point -<constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and height is equal to the image size -specified using <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant> ioctl.</para> +<constant>(0,0)</constant>. The width and height is equal to the image size +specified using <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl.</para> <para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is the area from which image date are processed by the hardware, is given by the -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP </constant>. Its coordinates are expressed +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant>. Its coordinates are expressed in in the same coordinate system as the bounds rectangle. The active cropping area must lie completely inside the crop boundaries and the driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware limitations.</para> <para>For output devices the default cropping rectangle is queried using -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant>. It is usually equal to the bounding rectangle.</para> <para>The part of a video signal or graphics display where the image is -inserted by the hardware is controlled by <constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target. The rectangle's coordinates -are expressed in pixels. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside the -bounds rectangle. The driver must adjust the area to fit to the bounding -limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according to -hardware limitations. </para> - -<para>The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the <constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall cover what +inserted by the hardware is controlled by <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> +target. The rectangle's coordinates are expressed in pixels. The composing +rectangle must lie completely inside the bounds rectangle. The driver must +adjust the area to fit to the bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can +perform other adjustments according to hardware limitations.</para> + +<para>The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant> target. This rectangle shall cover what the driver writer considers the complete picture. It is recommended for the -driver developers to put the top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0) -</constant>. Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default +driver developers to put the top/left corner at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>. +Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default one when the driver is first loaded.</para> <para>The devices may introduce additional content to video signal other than an image from memory buffers. It includes borders around an image. However, such a padded area is driver-dependent feature not covered by this document. Driver developers are encouraged to keep padded rectangle equal to active one. -The padded target is accessed by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED -</constant> identifier. It must contain all pixels from the <constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target.</para> +The padded target is accessed by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant> +identifier. It must contain all pixels from the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> +target.</para> </section> @@ -194,8 +193,8 @@ V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target.</para> <title>Scaling control</title> <para>An application can detect if scaling is performed by comparing the width -and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP -</constant> and <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> targets. If +and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> +and <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> targets. If these are not equal then the scaling is applied. The application can compute the scaling ratios using these values.</para> @@ -208,7 +207,7 @@ the scaling ratios using these values.</para> <title>Comparison with old cropping API</title> <para>The selection API was introduced to cope with deficiencies of previous -<link linkend="crop"> API </link>, that was designed to control simple capture +<link linkend="crop"> API</link>, that was designed to control simple capture devices. Later the cropping API was adopted by video output drivers. The ioctls are used to select a part of the display were the video signal is inserted. It should be considered as an API abuse because the described operation is @@ -220,7 +219,7 @@ part of an image by abusing V4L2 API. Cropping a smaller image from a larger one is achieved by setting the field &v4l2-pix-format;<structfield>::bytesperline</structfield>. Introducing an image offsets could be done by modifying field &v4l2-buffer;<structfield>::m_userptr</structfield> -before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those +before calling <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>. Those operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers. The selection API deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and @@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ and constraints flags are introduced. Finally, &v4l2-crop; and &v4l2-cropcap; have no reserved fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality. The new &v4l2-selection; provides a lot of place for future extensions. Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API. -The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para> +The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one.</para> </section> @@ -238,9 +237,9 @@ The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para> <example> <title>Resetting the cropping parameters</title> - <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change <constant> -V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE </constant> for other devices; change target to -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_* </constant> family to configure composing + <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> for other devices; change target to +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_*</constant> family to configure composing area)</para> <programlisting> @@ -292,8 +291,8 @@ area)</para> <example> <title>Querying for scaling factors</title> - <para>A video output device is assumed; change <constant> -V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> for other devices</para> + <para>A video output device is assumed; change +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> for other devices</para> <programlisting> &v4l2-selection; compose = { diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index b445161b912c..f2f81f06a17b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -152,6 +152,14 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter applications. --> <revision> + <revnumber>3.16</revnumber> + <date>2014-05-27</date> + <authorinitials>lp</authorinitials> + <revremark>Extended &v4l2-pix-format;. Added format flags. + </revremark> + </revision> + + <revision> <revnumber>3.15</revnumber> <date>2014-02-03</date> <authorinitials>hv, ap</authorinitials> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml index 820f86e8744b..cb7732582f03 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml @@ -94,6 +94,18 @@ </row> <row> <entry></entry> + <entry>&v4l2-event-motion-det;</entry> + <entry><structfield>motion_det</structfield></entry> + <entry>Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>&v4l2-event-src-change;</entry> + <entry><structfield>src_change</structfield></entry> + <entry>Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> <entry>__u8</entry> <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[64]</entry> <entry>Event data. Defined by the event type. The union @@ -258,6 +270,44 @@ </tgroup> </table> + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-motion-det"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_motion_det</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry> + Currently only one flag is available: if <constant>V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ</constant> + is set, then the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield> field is valid, + otherwise that field should be ignored. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>frame_sequence</structfield></entry> + <entry> + The sequence number of the frame being received. Only valid if the + <constant>V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ</constant> flag was set. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>region_mask</structfield></entry> + <entry> + The bitmask of the regions that reported motion. There is at least one + region. If this field is 0, then no motion was detected at all. + If there is no <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant> control + (see <xref linkend="detect-controls" />) to assign a different region + to each cell in the motion detection grid, then that all cells + are automatically assigned to the default region 0. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags"> <title>Changes</title> <tgroup cols="3"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml index e9f6735c0823..c5bdbfcc42b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml @@ -72,23 +72,30 @@ initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield> and <structfield>reserved2</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. String controls controls -must also set the <structfield>string</structfield> field.</para> +must also set the <structfield>string</structfield> field. Controls +of compound types (<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is set) +must set the <structfield>ptr</structfield> field.</para> <para>If the <structfield>size</structfield> is too small to receive the control result (only relevant for pointer-type controls like strings), then the driver will set <structfield>size</structfield> to a valid value and return an &ENOSPC;. You should re-allocate the -string memory to this new size and try again. It is possible that the -same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is +memory to this new size and try again. For the string type it is possible that +the same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is recommended to call &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; first and use <structfield>maximum</structfield>+1 as the new <structfield>size</structfield> value. It is guaranteed that that is sufficient memory. </para> + <para>N-dimensional arrays are set and retrieved row-by-row. You cannot set a partial +array, all elements have to be set or retrieved. The total size is calculated +as <structfield>elems</structfield> * <structfield>elem_size</structfield>. +These values can be obtained by calling &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;.</para> + <para>To change the value of a set of controls applications initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>, <structfield>reserved2</structfield> and -<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and +<structfield>value/value64/string/ptr</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. The controls will only be set if <emphasis>all</emphasis> control values are valid.</para> @@ -96,7 +103,7 @@ valid.</para> <para>To check if a set of controls have correct values applications initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>, <structfield>reserved2</structfield> and -<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and +<structfield>value/value64/string/ptr</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. It is up to the driver whether wrong values are automatically adjusted to a valid value or if an error is returned.</para> @@ -158,19 +165,47 @@ applications must set the array to zero.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>__s32</entry> <entry><structfield>value</structfield></entry> - <entry>New value or current value.</entry> + <entry>New value or current value. Valid if this control is not of +type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is not set.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry>__s64</entry> <entry><structfield>value64</structfield></entry> - <entry>New value or current value.</entry> + <entry>New value or current value. Valid if this control is of +type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is not set.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry>char *</entry> <entry><structfield>string</structfield></entry> - <entry>A pointer to a string.</entry> + <entry>A pointer to a string. Valid if this control is of +type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u8 *</entry> + <entry><structfield>p_u8</structfield></entry> + <entry>A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 8-bit values. +Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8</constant>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u16 *</entry> + <entry><structfield>p_u16</structfield></entry> + <entry>A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 16-bit values. +Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16</constant>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>void *</entry> + <entry><structfield>ptr</structfield></entry> + <entry>A pointer to a compound type which can be an N-dimensional array and/or a +compound type (the control's type is >= <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant>). +Valid if <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is set for this control. +</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml index 7c63815e7afd..20460730b02c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml @@ -152,13 +152,10 @@ a valid base address, so applications can find the corresponding Linux framebuffer device (see <xref linkend="osd" />).</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-pix-format;</entry> + <entry>struct</entry> <entry><structfield>fmt</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Layout of the frame buffer. The -<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure is defined in <xref -linkend="pixfmt" />, for clarification the fields and acceptable values - are listed below:</entry> + <entry>Layout of the frame buffer.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> @@ -276,9 +273,8 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for additional information about custom -(driver defined) formats. When not used drivers and applications must -set this field to zero.</entry> + <entry>Reserved. Drivers and applications must set this field to +zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml index b11ec75e21a1..9c04ac8661b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -58,17 +58,16 @@ <para>The ioctls are used to query and configure selection rectangles.</para> -<para> To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection; +<para>To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection; <structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type. -Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE -</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE -</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of -<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is +Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> +instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. Use +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>. The next step is setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field -to <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP </constant> (<constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref -linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional -targets. The <structfield>flags</structfield> and <structfield>reserved +to <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>). +Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> +for additional targets. The <structfield>flags</structfield> and <structfield>reserved </structfield> fields of &v4l2-selection; are ignored and they must be filled with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns &EINVAL; if incorrect buffer type or target was used. If cropping @@ -77,19 +76,18 @@ always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, the &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle is filled with the current cropping (composing) coordinates. The coordinates are expressed in driver-dependent units. The only exception are rectangles for images in raw formats, whose -coordinates are always expressed in pixels. </para> +coordinates are always expressed in pixels.</para> -<para> To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection; +<para>To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection; <structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective buffer type. Do not -use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE -</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE -</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of -<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is +use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> +instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. Use +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>. The next step is setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> to -<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant> -V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref -linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional -targets. The &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle need to be +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>). +Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> +for additional targets. The &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle need to be set to the desired active area. Field &v4l2-selection; <structfield> reserved </structfield> is ignored and must be filled with zeros. The driver may adjust coordinates of the requested rectangle. An application may @@ -149,8 +147,8 @@ On success the &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> field contains the adjusted rectangle. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may modify the cropping (composing) or image parameters and repeat the cycle until satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be -violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis> there -exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> +violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis>there +exist no rectangle</emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml index 370d49d6fb64..d0c5e604f014 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml @@ -302,6 +302,12 @@ modulator programming see <link linkend="sdr">SDR Capture</link> interface.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00200000</entry> + <entry>The device supports the &v4l2-pix-format; extended +fields.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant></entry> <entry>0x01000000</entry> <entry>The device supports the <link diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml index e6645b996558..2bd98fd7a4e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ <refentry id="vidioc-queryctrl"> <refmeta> - <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refentrytitle> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refentrytitle> &manvol; </refmeta> <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refname> <refpurpose>Enumerate controls and menu control items</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -24,6 +25,14 @@ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> <paramdef>struct v4l2_querymenu *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> </funcprototype> </funcsynopsis> @@ -42,7 +51,7 @@ <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</para> + <para>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -67,7 +76,7 @@ structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> with successive <structfield>id</structfield> values starting from <constant>V4L2_CID_BASE</constant> up to and exclusive -<constant>V4L2_CID_BASE_LASTP1</constant>. Drivers may return +<constant>V4L2_CID_LASTP1</constant>. Drivers may return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> if a control in this range is not supported. Further applications can enumerate private controls, which are not defined in this specification, by starting at @@ -89,9 +98,23 @@ prematurely end the enumeration).</para></footnote></para> <para>When the application ORs <structfield>id</structfield> with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> the driver returns the -next supported control, or <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> if there is -none. Drivers which do not support this flag yet always return -<errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para> +next supported non-compound control, or <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> +if there is none. In addition, the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> +flag can be specified to enumerate all compound controls (i.e. controls +with type ≥ <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant>). Specify both +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> in order to enumerate +all controls, compound or not. Drivers which do not support these flags yet +always return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para> + + <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> ioctl was +introduced in order to better support controls that can use compound +types, and to expose additional control information that cannot be +returned in &v4l2-queryctrl; since that structure is full.</para> + + <para><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> is used in the +same way as <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>, except that the +<structfield>reserved</structfield> array must be zeroed as well.</para> <para>Additional information is required for menu controls: the names of the menu items. To query them applications set the @@ -142,38 +165,23 @@ string. This information is intended for the user.</entry> <entry>__s32</entry> <entry><structfield>minimum</structfield></entry> <entry>Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower -bound for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls and the -lowest valid index for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> controls. -For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls the minimum value -gives the minimum length of the string. This length <emphasis>does not include the terminating -zero</emphasis>. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> controls. Note that this is a -signed value.</entry> +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__s32</entry> <entry><structfield>maximum</structfield></entry> <entry>Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper -bound for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls and the -highest valid index for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> -controls. For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK</constant> controls it is the -set of usable bits. -For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls the maximum value -gives the maximum length of the string. This length <emphasis>does not include the terminating -zero</emphasis>. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> controls. Note that this is a -signed value.</entry> +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__s32</entry> <entry><structfield>step</structfield></entry> - <entry><para>This field gives a step size for -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls. For -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls this field refers to -the string length that has to be a multiple of this step size. -It may not be valid for any other type of control, including -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> -controls.</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware + <entry><para>This field gives a step size for the control. +See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible +control type. Note that this an unsigned 32-bit value. +</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware control values. It may be necessary for example when the <structfield>name</structfield> or <structfield>id</structfield> imply a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of @@ -192,10 +200,11 @@ be always positive.</para></entry> <entry><structfield>default_value</structfield></entry> <entry>The default value of a <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant>, -<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant> or <constant>_MENU</constant> control. -Not valid for other types of controls. Drivers reset controls only -when the driver is loaded, not later, in particular not when the -func-open; is called.</entry> +<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant>, <constant>_BITMASK</constant>, +<constant>_MENU</constant> or <constant>_INTEGER_MENU</constant> control. +Not valid for other types of controls. +Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the +driver is first loaded, never afterwards.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -213,6 +222,126 @@ the array to zero.</entry> </tgroup> </table> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-query-ext-ctrl"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_query_ext_ctrl</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry> + <entry>Identifies the control, set by the application. See +<xref linkend="control-id" /> for predefined IDs. When the ID is ORed +with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> the driver clears the +flag and returns the first non-compound control with a higher ID. When the +ID is ORed with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> the driver +clears the flag and returns the first compound control with a higher ID. +Set both to get the first control (compound or not) with a higher ID.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> + <entry>Type of control, see <xref + linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>char</entry> + <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry> + <entry>Name of the control, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__s64</entry> + <entry><structfield>minimum</structfield></entry> + <entry>Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__s64</entry> + <entry><structfield>maximum</structfield></entry> + <entry>Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u64</entry> + <entry><structfield>step</structfield></entry> + <entry><para>This field gives a step size for the control. +See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible +control type. Note that this an unsigned 64-bit value. +</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware +control values. It may be necessary for example when the +<structfield>name</structfield> or <structfield>id</structfield> imply +a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of +said unit. If so, drivers must take care values are properly rounded +when scaling, such that errors will not accumulate on repeated +read-write cycles.</para><para>This field gives the smallest change of +an integer control actually affecting hardware. Often the information +is needed when the user can change controls by keyboard or GUI +buttons, rather than a slider. When for example a hardware register +accepts values 0-511 and the driver reports 0-65535, step should be +128.</para></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__s64</entry> + <entry><structfield>default_value</structfield></entry> + <entry>The default value of a +<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant>, <constant>_INTEGER64</constant>, +<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant>, <constant>_BITMASK</constant>, +<constant>_MENU</constant>, <constant>_INTEGER_MENU</constant>, +<constant>_U8</constant> or <constant>_U16</constant> control. +Not valid for other types of controls. +Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the +driver is first loaded, never afterwards. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>Control flags, see <xref + linkend="control-flags" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>elem_size</structfield></entry> + <entry>The size in bytes of a single element of the array. +Given a char pointer <constant>p</constant> to a 3-dimensional array you can find the +position of cell <constant>(z, y, x)</constant> as follows: +<constant>p + ((z * dims[1] + y) * dims[0] + x) * elem_size</constant>. <structfield>elem_size</structfield> +is always valid, also when the control isn't an array. For string controls +<structfield>elem_size</structfield> is equal to <structfield>maximum + 1</structfield>. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>elems</structfield></entry> + <entry>The number of elements in the N-dimensional array. If this control +is not an array, then <structfield>elems</structfield> is 1. The <structfield>elems</structfield> +field can never be 0.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>nr_of_dims</structfield></entry> + <entry>The number of dimension in the N-dimensional array. If this control +is not an array, then this field is 0.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]</structfield></entry> + <entry>The size of each dimension. The first <structfield>nr_of_dims</structfield> +elements of this array must be non-zero, all remaining elements must be zero.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers +must set the array to zero.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-querymenu"> <title>struct <structname>v4l2_querymenu</structname></title> <tgroup cols="4"> @@ -347,11 +476,14 @@ Drivers must ignore the value passed with </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant></entry> - <entry>n/a</entry> - <entry>n/a</entry> - <entry>n/a</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> <entry>A 64-bit integer valued control. Minimum, maximum -and step size cannot be queried.</entry> +and step size cannot be queried using <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>. +Only <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> can retrieve the 64-bit +min/max/step values, they should be interpreted as n/a when using +<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant></entry> @@ -379,6 +511,26 @@ ioctl returns the name of the control class and this control type. Older drivers which do not support this feature return an &EINVAL;.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8</constant></entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>An unsigned 8-bit valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values which are actually different on the hardware. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16</constant></entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>An unsigned 16-bit valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values which are actually different on the hardware. +</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -450,6 +602,14 @@ is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value base the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for a volatile control will have no effect. The new value will just be ignored.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0100</entry> + <entry>This control has a pointer type, so its value has to be accessed +using one of the pointer fields of &v4l2-ext-control;. This flag is set for controls +that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a +pointer to memory containing the payload of the control.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml index 17efa870d4d2..9f6095608837 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml @@ -175,6 +175,14 @@ </entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry> + <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions + changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry> <entry>0x08000000</entry> <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt index 10a93696e55a..0d920d54536d 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ Some devices are known to have faulty MSI implementations. Usually this is handled in the individual device driver, but occasionally it's necessary to handle this with a quirk. Some drivers have an option to disable use of MSI. While this is a convenient workaround for the driver author, -it is not good practise, and should not be emulated. +it is not good practice, and should not be emulated. 5.4. Finding why MSIs are disabled on a device diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt index 49b8551a3b68..e48c57f1943b 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ RCU pointer/list update: list_add_tail_rcu list_del_rcu list_replace_rcu - hlist_add_after_rcu + hlist_add_behind_rcu hlist_add_before_rcu hlist_add_head_rcu hlist_del_rcu diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers index 36d16bbf72c6..31d372609ac0 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers @@ -146,10 +146,6 @@ LWN.net: Porting drivers from prior kernels to 2.6: http://lwn.net/Articles/driver-porting/ -KernelTrap: - Occasional Linux kernel articles and developer interviews - http://kerneltrap.org/ - KernelNewbies: Documentation and assistance for new kernel programmers http://kernelnewbies.org/ diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 7e9abb8a276b..0a523c9a5ff4 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -84,18 +84,42 @@ is another popular alternative. 2) Describe your changes. -Describe the technical detail of the change(s) your patch includes. - -Be as specific as possible. The WORST descriptions possible include -things like "update driver X", "bug fix for driver X", or "this patch -includes updates for subsystem X. Please apply." +Describe your problem. Whether your patch is a one-line bug fix or +5000 lines of a new feature, there must be an underlying problem that +motivated you to do this work. Convince the reviewer that there is a +problem worth fixing and that it makes sense for them to read past the +first paragraph. + +Describe user-visible impact. Straight up crashes and lockups are +pretty convincing, but not all bugs are that blatant. Even if the +problem was spotted during code review, describe the impact you think +it can have on users. Keep in mind that the majority of Linux +installations run kernels from secondary stable trees or +vendor/product-specific trees that cherry-pick only specific patches +from upstream, so include anything that could help route your change +downstream: provoking circumstances, excerpts from dmesg, crash +descriptions, performance regressions, latency spikes, lockups, etc. + +Quantify optimizations and trade-offs. If you claim improvements in +performance, memory consumption, stack footprint, or binary size, +include numbers that back them up. But also describe non-obvious +costs. Optimizations usually aren't free but trade-offs between CPU, +memory, and readability; or, when it comes to heuristics, between +different workloads. Describe the expected downsides of your +optimization so that the reviewer can weigh costs against benefits. + +Once the problem is established, describe what you are actually doing +about it in technical detail. It's important to describe the change +in plain English for the reviewer to verify that the code is behaving +as you intend it to. The maintainer will thank you if you write your patch description in a form which can be easily pulled into Linux's source code management system, git, as a "commit log". See #15, below. -If your description starts to get long, that's a sign that you probably -need to split up your patch. See #3, next. +Solve only one problem per patch. If your description starts to get +long, that's a sign that you probably need to split up your patch. +See #3, next. When you submit or resubmit a patch or patch series, include the complete patch description and justification for it. Don't just @@ -396,13 +420,13 @@ you are responsible for last-minute changes. Example : [lucky@maintainer.example.org: struct foo moved from foo.c to foo.h] Signed-off-by: Lucky K Maintainer <lucky@maintainer.example.org> -This practise is particularly helpful if you maintain a stable branch and +This practice is particularly helpful if you maintain a stable branch and want at the same time to credit the author, track changes, merge the fix, and protect the submitter from complaints. Note that under no circumstances can you change the author's identity (the From header), as it is the one which appears in the changelog. -Special note to back-porters: It seems to be a common and useful practise +Special note to back-porters: It seems to be a common and useful practice to insert an indication of the origin of a patch at the top of the commit message (just after the subject line) to facilitate tracking. For instance, here's what we see in 2.6-stable : diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0632b3aad83e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +ARM Cache Coherent Network +========================== + +CCN-504 is a ring-bus interconnect consisting of 11 crosspoints +(XPs), with each crosspoint supporting up to two device ports, +so nodes (devices) 0 and 1 are connected to crosspoint 0, +nodes 2 and 3 to crosspoint 1 etc. + +PMU (perf) driver +----------------- + +The CCN driver registers a perf PMU driver, which provides +description of available events and configuration options +in sysfs, see /sys/bus/event_source/devices/ccn*. + +The "format" directory describes format of the config, config1 +and config2 fields of the perf_event_attr structure. The "events" +directory provides configuration templates for all documented +events, that can be used with perf tool. For example "xp_valid_flit" +is an equivalent of "type=0x8,event=0x4". Other parameters must be +explicitly specified. For events originating from device, "node" +defines its index. All crosspoint events require "xp" (index), +"port" (device port number) and "vc" (virtual channel ID) and +"dir" (direction). Watchpoints (special "event" value 0xfe) also +require comparator values ("cmp_l" and "cmp_h") and "mask", being +index of the comparator mask. + +Masks are defined separately from the event description +(due to limited number of the config values) in the "cmp_mask" +directory, with first 8 configurable by user and additional +4 hardcoded for the most frequent use cases. + +Cycle counter is described by a "type" value 0xff and does +not require any other settings. + +Example of perf tool use: + +/ # perf list | grep ccn + ccn/cycles/ [Kernel PMU event] +<...> + ccn/xp_valid_flit/ [Kernel PMU event] +<...> + +/ # perf stat -C 0 -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ + sleep 1 + +The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will +not work. Also notice that only single cpu is being selected +("-C 0") - this is because perf framework does not support +"non-CPU related" counters (yet?) so system-wide session ("-a") +would try (and in most cases fail) to set up the same event +per each CPU. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README index 2cce5401e323..4dc66c173e10 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Kirkwood family Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/ Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-kirkwood - Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu + Linux kernel plat directory: none Discovery family ---------------- @@ -83,7 +83,9 @@ EBU Armada family 88F6710 88F6707 88F6W11 - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf + Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf Armada 375 Flavors: 88F6720 @@ -100,8 +102,7 @@ EBU Armada family MV78460 NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf - - No public datasheet available. + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible @@ -135,7 +136,9 @@ Dove family (application processor) Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/ Core: ARMv7 compatible - Directory: arch/arm/mach-dove + + Directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms) + arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms) PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family -------------------------- @@ -253,10 +256,10 @@ Berlin family (Digital Entertainment) Long-term plans --------------- - * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ and - mach-kirkwood/ into the mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the - Marvell EBU (Engineering Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> - directory. The plat-orion/ would therefore disappear. + * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the + mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering + Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/ + would therefore disappear. * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt index 658abb258cef..8f7309bad460 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt @@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ Introduction - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for full list - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410 - - S5P6440 - - S5PC100 - S5PC110 / S5PV210 @@ -34,8 +32,6 @@ Configuration A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of unifying all the SoCs into one kernel. - s5p6440_defconfig - S5P6440 specific default configuration - s5pc100_defconfig - S5PC100 specific default configuration s5pc110_defconfig - S5PC110 specific default configuration s5pv210_defconfig - S5PV210 specific default configuration @@ -67,13 +63,6 @@ Layout changes where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having so many different platform directories. - It was decided to remove plat-s5pc1xx as some of the support was already - in plat-s5p or plat-samsung, with the S5PC110 support added with S5PV210 - the only user was the S5PC100. The S5PC100 specific items where moved to - arch/arm/mach-s5pc100. - - - Port Contributors ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk index 0c50220851fb..d9174fabe37e 100755 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk @@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ BEGIN { while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) { if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ && - !(line ~ /S5PC100_EPLL_MASK/) && !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) { splitdefine(line, fields) name = fields[0] diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt index 85af34d55cee..f3c05b5f9f08 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -168,6 +168,14 @@ Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met: the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by software at a higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN state. + For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller: + - If EL3 is present: + ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialiased to 0b1. + ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. + - If the kernel is entered at EL1: + ICC.SRE_EL2.Enable (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1 + ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. + The requirements described above for CPU mode, caches, MMUs, architected timers, coherency and system registers apply to all CPUs. All CPUs must enter the kernel in the same exception level. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt index 80ac454704b8..8870b0212150 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt @@ -24,64 +24,27 @@ Please note that implementation details can be changed. a page/swp_entry may be charged (usage += PAGE_SIZE) at - mem_cgroup_charge_anon() - Called at new page fault and Copy-On-Write. - - mem_cgroup_try_charge_swapin() - Called at do_swap_page() (page fault on swap entry) and swapoff. - Followed by charge-commit-cancel protocol. (With swap accounting) - At commit, a charge recorded in swap_cgroup is removed. - - mem_cgroup_charge_file() - Called at add_to_page_cache() - - mem_cgroup_cache_charge_swapin() - Called at shmem's swapin. - - mem_cgroup_prepare_migration() - Called before migration. "extra" charge is done and followed by - charge-commit-cancel protocol. - At commit, charge against oldpage or newpage will be committed. + mem_cgroup_try_charge() 2. Uncharge a page/swp_entry may be uncharged (usage -= PAGE_SIZE) by - mem_cgroup_uncharge_page() - Called when an anonymous page is fully unmapped. I.e., mapcount goes - to 0. If the page is SwapCache, uncharge is delayed until - mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache(). - - mem_cgroup_uncharge_cache_page() - Called when a page-cache is deleted from radix-tree. If the page is - SwapCache, uncharge is delayed until mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache(). - - mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache() - Called when SwapCache is removed from radix-tree. The charge itself - is moved to swap_cgroup. (If mem+swap controller is disabled, no - charge to swap occurs.) + mem_cgroup_uncharge() + Called when a page's refcount goes down to 0. mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap() Called when swp_entry's refcnt goes down to 0. A charge against swap disappears. - mem_cgroup_end_migration(old, new) - At success of migration old is uncharged (if necessary), a charge - to new page is committed. At failure, charge to old page is committed. - 3. charge-commit-cancel - In some case, we can't know this "charge" is valid or not at charging - (because of races). - To handle such case, there are charge-commit-cancel functions. - mem_cgroup_try_charge_XXX - mem_cgroup_commit_charge_XXX - mem_cgroup_cancel_charge_XXX - these are used in swap-in and migration. + Memcg pages are charged in two steps: + mem_cgroup_try_charge() + mem_cgroup_commit_charge() or mem_cgroup_cancel_charge() At try_charge(), there are no flags to say "this page is charged". at this point, usage += PAGE_SIZE. - At commit(), the function checks the page should be charged or not - and set flags or avoid charging.(usage -= PAGE_SIZE) + At commit(), the page is associated with the memcg. At cancel(), simply usage -= PAGE_SIZE. @@ -91,18 +54,6 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y. Anonymous page is newly allocated at - page fault into MAP_ANONYMOUS mapping. - Copy-On-Write. - It is charged right after it's allocated before doing any page table - related operations. Of course, it's uncharged when another page is used - for the fault address. - - At freeing anonymous page (by exit() or munmap()), zap_pte() is called - and pages for ptes are freed one by one.(see mm/memory.c). Uncharges - are done at page_remove_rmap() when page_mapcount() goes down to 0. - - Another page freeing is by page-reclaim (vmscan.c) and anonymous - pages are swapped out. In this case, the page is marked as - PageSwapCache(). uncharge() routine doesn't uncharge the page marked - as SwapCache(). It's delayed until __delete_from_swap_cache(). 4.1 Swap-in. At swap-in, the page is taken from swap-cache. There are 2 cases. @@ -111,41 +62,6 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y. (b) If the SwapCache has been mapped by processes, it has been charged already. - This swap-in is one of the most complicated work. In do_swap_page(), - following events occur when pte is unchanged. - - (1) the page (SwapCache) is looked up. - (2) lock_page() - (3) try_charge_swapin() - (4) reuse_swap_page() (may call delete_swap_cache()) - (5) commit_charge_swapin() - (6) swap_free(). - - Considering following situation for example. - - (A) The page has not been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() - doesn't call delete_from_swap_cache(). - (B) The page has not been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() - calls delete_from_swap_cache(). - (C) The page has been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() doesn't - call delete_from_swap_cache(). - (D) The page has been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() calls - delete_from_swap_cache(). - - memory.usage/memsw.usage changes to this page/swp_entry will be - Case (A) (B) (C) (D) - Event - Before (2) 0/ 1 0/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1 - =========================================== - (3) +1/+1 +1/+1 +1/+1 +1/+1 - (4) - 0/ 0 - -1/ 0 - (5) 0/-1 0/ 0 -1/-1 0/ 0 - (6) - 0/-1 - 0/-1 - =========================================== - Result 1/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1 - - In any cases, charges to this page should be 1/ 1. - 4.2 Swap-out. At swap-out, typical state transition is below. @@ -158,28 +74,20 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y. swp_entry's refcnt -= 1. - At (b), the page is marked as SwapCache and not uncharged. - At (d), the page is removed from SwapCache and a charge in page_cgroup - is moved to swap_cgroup. - Finally, at task exit, (e) zap_pte() is called and swp_entry's refcnt -=1 -> 0. - Here, a charge in swap_cgroup disappears. 5. Page Cache Page Cache is charged at - add_to_page_cache_locked(). - uncharged at - - __remove_from_page_cache(). - The logic is very clear. (About migration, see below) Note: __remove_from_page_cache() is called by remove_from_page_cache() and __remove_mapping(). 6. Shmem(tmpfs) Page Cache - Memcg's charge/uncharge have special handlers of shmem. The best way - to understand shmem's page state transition is to read mm/shmem.c. + The best way to understand shmem's page state transition is to read + mm/shmem.c. But brief explanation of the behavior of memcg around shmem will be helpful to understand the logic. @@ -192,56 +100,10 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y. It's charged when... - A new page is added to shmem's radix-tree. - A swp page is read. (move a charge from swap_cgroup to page_cgroup) - It's uncharged when - - A page is removed from radix-tree and not SwapCache. - - When SwapCache is removed, a charge is moved to swap_cgroup. - - When swp_entry's refcnt goes down to 0, a charge in swap_cgroup - disappears. 7. Page Migration - One of the most complicated functions is page-migration-handler. - Memcg has 2 routines. Assume that we are migrating a page's contents - from OLDPAGE to NEWPAGE. - - Usual migration logic is.. - (a) remove the page from LRU. - (b) allocate NEWPAGE (migration target) - (c) lock by lock_page(). - (d) unmap all mappings. - (e-1) If necessary, replace entry in radix-tree. - (e-2) move contents of a page. - (f) map all mappings again. - (g) pushback the page to LRU. - (-) OLDPAGE will be freed. - - Before (g), memcg should complete all necessary charge/uncharge to - NEWPAGE/OLDPAGE. - - The point is.... - - If OLDPAGE is anonymous, all charges will be dropped at (d) because - try_to_unmap() drops all mapcount and the page will not be - SwapCache. - - - If OLDPAGE is SwapCache, charges will be kept at (g) because - __delete_from_swap_cache() isn't called at (e-1) - - - If OLDPAGE is page-cache, charges will be kept at (g) because - remove_from_swap_cache() isn't called at (e-1) - - memcg provides following hooks. - - - mem_cgroup_prepare_migration(OLDPAGE) - Called after (b) to account a charge (usage += PAGE_SIZE) against - memcg which OLDPAGE belongs to. - - - mem_cgroup_end_migration(OLDPAGE, NEWPAGE) - Called after (f) before (g). - If OLDPAGE is used, commit OLDPAGE again. If OLDPAGE is already - charged, a charge by prepare_migration() is automatically canceled. - If NEWPAGE is used, commit NEWPAGE and uncharge OLDPAGE. - - But zap_pte() (by exit or munmap) can be called while migration, - we have to check if OLDPAGE/NEWPAGE is a valid page after commit(). + + mem_cgroup_migrate() 8. LRU Each memcg has its own private LRU. Now, its handling is under global diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt index 2fa749387be8..8897d0494838 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt @@ -106,6 +106,11 @@ which paths. The path number in the range 0 ... (<num_paths> - 1). Expressed in hexadecimal (WITHOUT any prefix like 0x). +R<n>,<m> + This parameter allows repetitive patterns to be loaded quickly. <n> and <m> + are hexadecimal numbers. The last <n> mappings are repeated in the next <m> + slots. + Status ====== @@ -124,3 +129,10 @@ Create a switch device with 64kB region size: Set mappings for the first 7 entries to point to devices switch0, switch1, switch2, switch0, switch1, switch2, switch1: dmsetup message switch 0 set_region_mappings 0:0 :1 :2 :0 :1 :2 :1 + +Set repetitive mapping. This command: + dmsetup message switch 0 set_region_mappings 1000:1 :2 R2,10 +is equivalent to: + dmsetup message switch 0 set_region_mappings 1000:1 :2 :1 :2 :1 :2 :1 :2 \ + :1 :2 :1 :2 :1 :2 :1 :2 :1 :2 + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1d8af9e36065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Adapteva Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------- + +Parallella board + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "adapteva,parallella"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards index 3509707f9320..c554ed3d44fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards @@ -86,3 +86,9 @@ Interrupt controllers: compatible = "arm,versatile-sic"; interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; + +Required nodes: + +- core-module: the root node to the Versatile platforms must have + a core-module with regs and the compatible strings + "arm,core-module-versatile", "syscon" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8781073029e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Marvell Armada 38x CA9 MPcore SoC Controller +============================================ + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "marvell,armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl". + +- reg: should be the register base and length as documented in the + datasheet for the CA9 MPcore SoC Control registers + +mpcore-soc-ctrl@20d20 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl"; + reg = <0x20d20 0x6c>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt index 389bed5056e8..795cc78543fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ * Power Management Controller (PMC) Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc" +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-pmc". + <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, + at91sam9x5, sama5d3 + - reg: Should contain PMC registers location and length Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8240c023e202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +Broadcom Kona Family CPU Enable Method +-------------------------------------- +This binding defines the enable method used for starting secondary +CPUs in the following Broadcom SoCs: + BCM11130, BCM11140, BCM11351, BCM28145, BCM28155, BCM21664 + +The enable method is specified by defining the following required +properties in the "cpus" device tree node: + - enable-method = "brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method"; + - secondary-boot-reg = <...>; + +The secondary-boot-reg property is a u32 value that specifies the +physical address of the register used to request the ROM holding pen +code release a secondary CPU. The value written to the register is +formed by encoding the target CPU id into the low bits of the +physical start address it should jump to. + +Example: + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + enable-method = "brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method"; + secondary-boot-reg = <0x3500417c>; + + cpu0: cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <0>; + }; + + cpu1: cpu@1 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c436cc4f35d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +ARM Broadcom STB platforms Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------------------- +Boards with Broadcom Brahma15 ARM-based BCMxxxx (generally BCM7xxx variants) +SoC shall have the following DT organization: + +Required root node properties: + - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>", "brcm,brcmstb" + +example: +/ { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + model = "Broadcom STB (bcm7445)"; + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445", "brcm,brcmstb"; + +Further, syscon nodes that map platform-specific registers used for general +system control is required: + + - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-sun-top-ctrl", "syscon" + - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-hif-cpubiuctrl", "syscon" + - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-hif-continuation", "syscon" + +example: + rdb { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "simple-bus"; + ranges = <0 0x00 0xf0000000 0x1000000>; + + sun_top_ctrl: syscon@404000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-sun-top-ctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x404000 0x51c>; + }; + + hif_cpubiuctrl: syscon@3e2400 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-hif-cpubiuctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x3e2400 0x5b4>; + }; + + hif_continuation: syscon@452000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-hif-continuation", "syscon"; + reg = <0x452000 0x100>; + }; + }; + +Lastly, nodes that allow for support of SMP initialization and reboot are +required: + +smpboot +------- +Required properties: + + - compatible + The string "brcm,brcmstb-smpboot". + + - syscon-cpu + A phandle / integer array property which lets the BSP know the location + of certain CPU power-on registers. + + The layout of the property is as follows: + o a phandle to the "hif_cpubiuctrl" syscon node + o offset to the base CPU power zone register + o offset to the base CPU reset register + + - syscon-cont + A phandle pointing to the syscon node which describes the CPU boot + continuation registers. + o a phandle to the "hif_continuation" syscon node + +example: + smpboot { + compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-smpboot"; + syscon-cpu = <&hif_cpubiuctrl 0x88 0x178>; + syscon-cont = <&hif_continuation>; + }; + +reboot +------- +Required properties + + - compatible + The string property "brcm,brcmstb-reboot". + + - syscon + A phandle / integer array that points to the syscon node which describes + the general system reset registers. + o a phandle to "sun_top_ctrl" + o offset to the "reset source enable" register + o offset to the "software master reset" register + +example: + reboot { + compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-reboot"; + syscon = <&sun_top_ctrl 0x304 0x308>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b100d3847d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* ARM CCN (Cache Coherent Network) + +Required properties: + +- compatible: (standard compatible string) should be one of: + "arm,ccn-504" + "arm,ccn-508" + +- reg: (standard registers property) physical address and size + (16MB) of the configuration registers block + +- interrupts: (standard interrupt property) single interrupt + generated by the control block + +Example: + + ccn@0x2000000000 { + compatible = "arm,ccn-504"; + reg = <0x20 0x00000000 0 0x1000000>; + interrupts = <0 181 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cd236b727e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +======================================================== +Secondary CPU enable-method "marvell,berlin-smp" binding +======================================================== + +This document describes the "marvell,berlin-smp" method for enabling secondary +CPUs. To apply to all CPUs, a single "marvell,berlin-smp" enable method should +be defined in the "cpus" node. + +Enable method name: "marvell,berlin-smp" +Compatible machines: "marvell,berlin2" and "marvell,berlin2q" +Compatible CPUs: "marvell,pj4b" and "arm,cortex-a9" +Related properties: (none) + +Note: +This enable method needs valid nodes compatible with "arm,cortex-a9-scu" and +"marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"[1]. + +Example: + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + enable-method = "marvell,berlin-smp"; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "marvell,pj4b"; + device_type = "cpu"; + next-level-cache = <&l2>; + reg = <0>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "marvell,pj4b"; + device_type = "cpu"; + next-level-cache = <&l2>; + reg = <1>; + }; + }; + +-- +[1] arm/marvell,berlin.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index 1fe72a0778cd..298e2f6b33c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -152,7 +152,9 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "arm,cortex-a7" "arm,cortex-a8" "arm,cortex-a9" + "arm,cortex-a12" "arm,cortex-a15" + "arm,cortex-a17" "arm,cortex-a53" "arm,cortex-a57" "arm,cortex-m0" @@ -163,6 +165,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "arm,cortex-r4" "arm,cortex-r5" "arm,cortex-r7" + "brcm,brahma-b15" "faraday,fa526" "intel,sa110" "intel,sa1100" @@ -184,6 +187,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. can be one of: "allwinner,sun6i-a31" "arm,psci" + "brcm,brahma-b15" "marvell,armada-375-smp" "marvell,armada-380-smp" "marvell,armada-xp-smp" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..33cd05e6c125 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +* ARM Generic Interrupt Controller, version 3 + +AArch64 SMP cores are often associated with a GICv3, providing Private +Peripheral Interrupts (PPI), Shared Peripheral Interrupts (SPI), +Software Generated Interrupts (SGI), and Locality-specific Peripheral +Interrupts (LPI). + +Main node required properties: + +- compatible : should at least contain "arm,gic-v3". +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. Must be a single cell with a value of at least 3. + + The 1st cell is the interrupt type; 0 for SPI interrupts, 1 for PPI + interrupts. Other values are reserved for future use. + + The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number for the interrupt type. + SPI interrupts are in the range [0-987]. PPI interrupts are in the + range [0-15]. + + The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows: + bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags. + 1 = edge triggered + 4 = level triggered + + Cells 4 and beyond are reserved for future use. When the 1st cell + has a value of 0 or 1, cells 4 and beyond act as padding, and may be + ignored. It is recommended that padding cells have a value of 0. + +- reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC + registers, in the following order: + - GIC Distributor interface (GICD) + - GIC Redistributors (GICR), one range per redistributor region + - GIC CPU interface (GICC) + - GIC Hypervisor interface (GICH) + - GIC Virtual CPU interface (GICV) + + GICC, GICH and GICV are optional. + +- interrupts : Interrupt source of the VGIC maintenance interrupt. + +Optional + +- redistributor-stride : If using padding pages, specifies the stride + of consecutive redistributors. Must be a multiple of 64kB. + +- #redistributor-regions: The number of independent contiguous regions + occupied by the redistributors. Required if more than one such + region is present. + +Examples: + + gic: interrupt-controller@2cf00000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v3"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x2f000000 0 0x10000>, // GICD + <0x0 0x2f100000 0 0x200000>, // GICR + <0x0 0x2c000000 0 0x2000>, // GICC + <0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x2000>, // GICH + <0x0 0x2c020000 0 0x2000>; // GICV + interrupts = <1 9 4>; + }; + + gic: interrupt-controller@2c010000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v3"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-controller; + redistributor-stride = <0x0 0x40000>; // 256kB stride + #redistributor-regions = <2>; + reg = <0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x10000>, // GICD + <0x0 0x2d000000 0 0x800000>, // GICR 1: CPUs 0-31 + <0x0 0x2e000000 0 0x800000>; // GICR 2: CPUs 32-63 + <0x0 0x2c040000 0 0x2000>, // GICC + <0x0 0x2c060000 0 0x2000>, // GICH + <0x0 0x2c080000 0 0x2000>; // GICV + interrupts = <1 9 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index 5573c08d3180..c7d2fa156678 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Main node required properties: "arm,cortex-a9-gic" "arm,cortex-a7-gic" "arm,arm11mp-gic" + "brcm,brahma-b15-gic" - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index df0a452b8526..934f00025cc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -31,6 +31,17 @@ Example: reboot-offset = <0x4>; }; +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Hisilicon CPU controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,cpuctrl" +- reg : Register address and size + +The clock registers and power registers of secondary cores are defined +in CPU controller, especially in HIX5HD2 SoC. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- PCTRL: Peripheral misc control register Required Properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt index 94013a9a8769..904de5781f44 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -24,6 +24,22 @@ SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are: ... } +* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings + +CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them +independently. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl" +- reg: address and length of the register set + +Example: + +cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 { + compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"; + reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>; +}; + * Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d6ac71f37314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Mediatek MT6589 Platforms Device Tree Bindings + +Boards with a SoC of the Mediatek MT6589 shall have the following property: + +Required root node property: + +compatible: must contain "mediatek,mt6589" + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt index fb88585cfb93..4139db353d0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "ti,irq-crossbar" - reg: Base address and the size of the crossbar registers. - ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the interrupt controller. +- ti,max-crossbar-sources: Maximum number of crossbar sources that can be routed. - ti,reg-size: Size of a individual register in bytes. Every individual register is assumed to be of same size. Valid sizes are 1, 2, 4. - ti,irqs-reserved: List of the reserved irq lines that are not muxed using @@ -17,11 +18,46 @@ Required properties: so crossbar bar driver should not consider them as free lines. +Optional properties: +- ti,irqs-skip: This is similar to "ti,irqs-reserved", but these are for + SOC-specific hard-wiring of those irqs which unexpectedly bypasses the + crossbar. These irqs have a crossbar register, but still cannot be used. + +- ti,irqs-safe-map: integer which maps to a safe configuration to use + when the interrupt controller irq is unused (when not provided, default is 0) + Examples: crossbar_mpu: @4a020000 { compatible = "ti,irq-crossbar"; reg = <0x4a002a48 0x130>; ti,max-irqs = <160>; + ti,max-crossbar-sources = <400>; ti,reg-size = <2>; ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132 139 140>; + ti,irqs-skip = <10 133 139 140>; }; + +Consumer: +======== +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt and +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt for further details. + +An interrupt consumer on an SoC using crossbar will use: + interrupts = <GIC_SPI request_number interrupt_level> +When the request number is between 0 to that described by +"ti,max-crossbar-sources", it is assumed to be a crossbar mapping. If the +request_number is greater than "ti,max-crossbar-sources", then it is mapped as a +quirky hardware mapping direct to GIC. + +Example: + device_x@0x4a023000 { + /* Crossbar 8 used */ + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + ... + }; + + device_y@0x4a033000 { + /* Direct mapped GIC SPI 1 used */ + interrupts = <GIC_SPI DIRECT_IRQ(1) IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index d22b216f5d23..0edc90305dfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -129,6 +129,9 @@ Boards: - AM437x GP EVM compatible = "ti,am437x-gp-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" +- AM437x SK EVM: AM437x StarterKit Evaluation Module + compatible = "ti,am437x-sk-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" + - DRA742 EVM: Software Development Board for DRA742 compatible = "ti,dra7-evm", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79074dac684a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +OMAP PRCM bindings + +Power Reset and Clock Manager lists the device clocks and clockdomains under +a DT hierarchy. Each TI SoC can have multiple PRCM entities listed for it, +each describing one module and the clock hierarchy under it. see [1] for +documentation about the individual clock/clockdomain nodes. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/* + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be one of: + "ti,am3-prcm" + "ti,am3-scrm" + "ti,am4-prcm" + "ti,am4-scrm" + "ti,omap2-prcm" + "ti,omap2-scrm" + "ti,omap3-prm" + "ti,omap3-cm" + "ti,omap3-scrm" + "ti,omap4-cm1" + "ti,omap4-prm" + "ti,omap4-cm2" + "ti,omap4-scrm" + "ti,omap5-prm" + "ti,omap5-cm-core-aon" + "ti,omap5-scrm" + "ti,omap5-cm-core" + "ti,dra7-prm" + "ti,dra7-cm-core-aon" + "ti,dra7-cm-core" +- reg: Contains PRCM module register address range + (base address and length) +- clocks: clocks for this module +- clockdomains: clockdomains for this module + +Example: + +cm: cm@48004000 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-cm"; + reg = <0x48004000 0x4000>; + + cm_clocks: clocks { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + + cm_clockdomains: clockdomains { + }; +} + +&cm_clocks { + omap2_32k_fck: omap_32k_fck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; +}; + +&cm_clockdomains { + core_l3_clkdm: core_l3_clkdm { + compatible = "ti,clockdomain"; + clocks = <&sdrc_ick>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt index 832fe8cc24d7..adc61b095bd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt @@ -14,14 +14,21 @@ Required properties: for exynos4412/5250 controllers. Must be "samsung,exynos-adc-v2" for future controllers. + Must be "samsung,exynos3250-adc" for + controllers compatible with ADC of Exynos3250. - reg: Contains ADC register address range (base address and length) and the address of the phy enable register. - interrupts: Contains the interrupt information for the timer. The format is being dependent on which interrupt controller the Samsung device uses. - #io-channel-cells = <1>; As ADC has multiple outputs -- clocks From common clock binding: handle to adc clock. -- clock-names From common clock binding: Shall be "adc". +- clocks From common clock bindings: handles to clocks specified + in "clock-names" property, in the same order. +- clock-names From common clock bindings: list of clock input names + used by ADC block: + - "adc" : ADC bus clock + - "sclk" : ADC special clock (only for Exynos3250 and + compatible ADC block) - vdd-supply VDD input supply. Note: child nodes can be added for auto probing from device tree. @@ -41,6 +48,20 @@ adc: adc@12D10000 { vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>; }; +Example: adding device info in dtsi file for Exynos3250 with additional sclk + +adc: adc@126C0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-adc", "samsung,exynos-adc-v2; + reg = <0x126C0000 0x100>, <0x10020718 0x4>; + interrupts = <0 137 0>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + io-channel-ranges; + + clocks = <&cmu CLK_TSADC>, <&cmu CLK_SCLK_TSADC>; + clock-names = "adc", "sclk"; + + vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>; +}; Example: Adding child nodes in dts file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt index f9865e77e0b0..1e1979b229ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Properties: - "samsung,exynos4212-pmu" - for Exynos4212 SoC, - "samsung,exynos4412-pmu" - for Exynos4412 SoC, - "samsung,exynos5250-pmu" - for Exynos5250 SoC, + - "samsung,exynos5260-pmu" - for Exynos5260 SoC. + - "samsung,exynos5410-pmu" - for Exynos5410 SoC, - "samsung,exynos5420-pmu" - for Exynos5420 SoC. second value must be always "syscon". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf649827ffcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +SPEAr Misc configuration +=========================== +SPEAr SOCs have some miscellaneous registers which are used to configure +few properties of different peripheral controllers. + +misc node required properties: + +- compatible Should be "st,spear1340-misc", "syscon". +- reg: Address range of misc space upto 8K diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt index 558ed4b4ef39..73278c6d2dc3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ board-specific compatible values: nvidia,seaboard nvidia,ventana nvidia,whistler + toradex,apalis_t30 + toradex,apalis_t30-eval toradex,colibri_t20-512 toradex,iris diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt index 6f1ed830b4f7..1f7995357888 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Xilinx Zynq EP107 Emulation Platform board +Xilinx Zynq Platforms Device Tree Bindings -This board is an emulation platform for the Zynq product which is -based on an ARM Cortex A9 processor. +Boards with Zynq-7000 SOC based on an ARM Cortex A9 processor +shall have the following properties. Required root node properties: - - compatible = "xlnx,zynq-ep107"; + - compatible = "xlnx,zynq-7000"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt index 652914b17b95..ecc69520bcea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Clock bindings for ARM Integrator Core Module clocks +Clock bindings for ARM Integrator and Versatile Core Module clocks Auxilary Oscillator Clock @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ parent node. Required properties: -- compatible: must be "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc" +- compatible: must be "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc" or "arm,versatile-cm-auxosc" - #clock-cells: must be <0> Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4fc869b69d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +* Samsung Audio Subsystem Clock Controller + +The Samsung Audio Subsystem clock controller generates and supplies clocks +to Audio Subsystem block available in the S5PV210 and compatible SoCs. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be "samsung,s5pv210-audss-clock". +- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's register set. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +- clocks: + - hclk: AHB bus clock of the Audio Subsystem. + - xxti: Optional fixed rate PLL reference clock, parent of mout_audss. If + not specified (i.e. xusbxti is used for PLL reference), it is fixed to + a clock named "xxti". + - fout_epll: Input PLL to the AudioSS block, parent of mout_audss. + - iiscdclk0: Optional external i2s clock, parent of mout_i2s. If not + specified, it is fixed to a clock named "iiscdclk0". + - sclk_audio0: Audio bus clock, parent of mout_i2s. + +- clock-names: Aliases for the above clocks. They should be "hclk", + "xxti", "fout_epll", "iiscdclk0", and "sclk_audio0" respectively. + +All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in +dt-bindings/clock/s5pv210-audss-clk.h header and can be used in device +tree sources. + +Example: Clock controller node. + + clk_audss: clock-controller@c0900000 { + compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-audss-clock"; + reg = <0xc0900000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-names = "hclk", "xxti", + "fout_epll", "sclk_audio0"; + clocks = <&clocks DOUT_HCLKP>, <&xxti>, + <&clocks FOUT_EPLL>, <&clocks SCLK_AUDIO0>; + }; + +Example: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information + about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property. + + i2s0: i2s@03830000 { + /* ... */ + clock-names = "iis", "i2s_opclk0", + "i2s_opclk1"; + clocks = <&clk_audss CLK_I2S>, <&clk_audss CLK_I2S>, + <&clk_audss CLK_DOUT_AUD_BUS>; + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b7adf4e3ea98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX1 CPUs + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx1-ccm". +- reg: Address and length of the register set. +- #clock-cells: Should be <1>. + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx1-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX1 clock IDs. + +Examples: + clks: ccm@0021b000 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "fsl,imx1-ccm"; + reg = <0x0021b000 0x1000>; + }; + + pwm: pwm@00208000 { + #pwm-cells = <2>; + compatible = "fsl,imx1-pwm"; + reg = <0x00208000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <34>; + clocks = <&clks IMX1_CLK_DUMMY>, <&clks IMX1_CLK_PER1>; + clock-names = "ipg", "per"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c3b0db437c48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX21 + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx21-ccm". +- reg : Address and length of the register set. +- interrupts : Should contain CCM interrupt. +- #clock-cells: Should be <1>. + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx21-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX21 clock IDs. + +Examples: + clks: ccm@10027000{ + compatible = "fsl,imx21-ccm"; + reg = <0x10027000 0x800>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + uart1: serial@1000a000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx21-uart"; + reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <20>; + clocks = <&clks IMX21_CLK_UART1_IPG_GATE>, + <&clks IMX21_CLK_PER1>; + clock-names = "ipg", "per"; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt index 6bc9fd2c6631..cc05de9ec393 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt @@ -7,117 +7,22 @@ Required properties: - #clock-cells: Should be <1> The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX27 -clocks and IDs. - - Clock ID - ----------------------- - dummy 0 - ckih 1 - ckil 2 - mpll 3 - spll 4 - mpll_main2 5 - ahb 6 - ipg 7 - nfc_div 8 - per1_div 9 - per2_div 10 - per3_div 11 - per4_div 12 - vpu_sel 13 - vpu_div 14 - usb_div 15 - cpu_sel 16 - clko_sel 17 - cpu_div 18 - clko_div 19 - ssi1_sel 20 - ssi2_sel 21 - ssi1_div 22 - ssi2_div 23 - clko_en 24 - ssi2_ipg_gate 25 - ssi1_ipg_gate 26 - slcdc_ipg_gate 27 - sdhc3_ipg_gate 28 - sdhc2_ipg_gate 29 - sdhc1_ipg_gate 30 - scc_ipg_gate 31 - sahara_ipg_gate 32 - rtc_ipg_gate 33 - pwm_ipg_gate 34 - owire_ipg_gate 35 - lcdc_ipg_gate 36 - kpp_ipg_gate 37 - iim_ipg_gate 38 - i2c2_ipg_gate 39 - i2c1_ipg_gate 40 - gpt6_ipg_gate 41 - gpt5_ipg_gate 42 - gpt4_ipg_gate 43 - gpt3_ipg_gate 44 - gpt2_ipg_gate 45 - gpt1_ipg_gate 46 - gpio_ipg_gate 47 - fec_ipg_gate 48 - emma_ipg_gate 49 - dma_ipg_gate 50 - cspi3_ipg_gate 51 - cspi2_ipg_gate 52 - cspi1_ipg_gate 53 - nfc_baud_gate 54 - ssi2_baud_gate 55 - ssi1_baud_gate 56 - vpu_baud_gate 57 - per4_gate 58 - per3_gate 59 - per2_gate 60 - per1_gate 61 - usb_ahb_gate 62 - slcdc_ahb_gate 63 - sahara_ahb_gate 64 - lcdc_ahb_gate 65 - vpu_ahb_gate 66 - fec_ahb_gate 67 - emma_ahb_gate 68 - emi_ahb_gate 69 - dma_ahb_gate 70 - csi_ahb_gate 71 - brom_ahb_gate 72 - ata_ahb_gate 73 - wdog_ipg_gate 74 - usb_ipg_gate 75 - uart6_ipg_gate 76 - uart5_ipg_gate 77 - uart4_ipg_gate 78 - uart3_ipg_gate 79 - uart2_ipg_gate 80 - uart1_ipg_gate 81 - ckih_div1p5 82 - fpm 83 - mpll_osc_sel 84 - mpll_sel 85 - spll_gate 86 - mshc_div 87 - rtic_ipg_gate 88 - mshc_ipg_gate 89 - rtic_ahb_gate 90 - mshc_baud_gate 91 +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx27-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX27 clock IDs. Examples: + clks: ccm@10027000{ + compatible = "fsl,imx27-ccm"; + reg = <0x10027000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; -clks: ccm@10027000{ - compatible = "fsl,imx27-ccm"; - reg = <0x10027000 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; -}; - -uart1: serial@1000a000 { - compatible = "fsl,imx27-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; - reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <20>; - clocks = <&clks 81>, <&clks 61>; - clock-names = "ipg", "per"; - status = "disabled"; -}; + uart1: serial@1000a000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx27-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; + reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <20>; + clocks = <&clks IMX27_CLK_UART1_IPG_GATE>, + <&clks IMX27_CLK_PER1_GATE>; + clock-names = "ipg", "per"; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt index 90ec91fe5ce0..9252912a5b0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt @@ -7,223 +7,13 @@ Required properties: - #clock-cells: Should be <1> The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX6Q -clocks and IDs. - - Clock ID - --------------------------- - dummy 0 - ckil 1 - ckih 2 - osc 3 - pll2_pfd0_352m 4 - pll2_pfd1_594m 5 - pll2_pfd2_396m 6 - pll3_pfd0_720m 7 - pll3_pfd1_540m 8 - pll3_pfd2_508m 9 - pll3_pfd3_454m 10 - pll2_198m 11 - pll3_120m 12 - pll3_80m 13 - pll3_60m 14 - twd 15 - step 16 - pll1_sw 17 - periph_pre 18 - periph2_pre 19 - periph_clk2_sel 20 - periph2_clk2_sel 21 - axi_sel 22 - esai_sel 23 - asrc_sel 24 - spdif_sel 25 - gpu2d_axi 26 - gpu3d_axi 27 - gpu2d_core_sel 28 - gpu3d_core_sel 29 - gpu3d_shader_sel 30 - ipu1_sel 31 - ipu2_sel 32 - ldb_di0_sel 33 - ldb_di1_sel 34 - ipu1_di0_pre_sel 35 - ipu1_di1_pre_sel 36 - ipu2_di0_pre_sel 37 - ipu2_di1_pre_sel 38 - ipu1_di0_sel 39 - ipu1_di1_sel 40 - ipu2_di0_sel 41 - ipu2_di1_sel 42 - hsi_tx_sel 43 - pcie_axi_sel 44 - ssi1_sel 45 - ssi2_sel 46 - ssi3_sel 47 - usdhc1_sel 48 - usdhc2_sel 49 - usdhc3_sel 50 - usdhc4_sel 51 - enfc_sel 52 - emi_sel 53 - emi_slow_sel 54 - vdo_axi_sel 55 - vpu_axi_sel 56 - cko1_sel 57 - periph 58 - periph2 59 - periph_clk2 60 - periph2_clk2 61 - ipg 62 - ipg_per 63 - esai_pred 64 - esai_podf 65 - asrc_pred 66 - asrc_podf 67 - spdif_pred 68 - spdif_podf 69 - can_root 70 - ecspi_root 71 - gpu2d_core_podf 72 - gpu3d_core_podf 73 - gpu3d_shader 74 - ipu1_podf 75 - ipu2_podf 76 - ldb_di0_podf 77 - ldb_di1_podf 78 - ipu1_di0_pre 79 - ipu1_di1_pre 80 - ipu2_di0_pre 81 - ipu2_di1_pre 82 - hsi_tx_podf 83 - ssi1_pred 84 - ssi1_podf 85 - ssi2_pred 86 - ssi2_podf 87 - ssi3_pred 88 - ssi3_podf 89 - uart_serial_podf 90 - usdhc1_podf 91 - usdhc2_podf 92 - usdhc3_podf 93 - usdhc4_podf 94 - enfc_pred 95 - enfc_podf 96 - emi_podf 97 - emi_slow_podf 98 - vpu_axi_podf 99 - cko1_podf 100 - axi 101 - mmdc_ch0_axi_podf 102 - mmdc_ch1_axi_podf 103 - arm 104 - ahb 105 - apbh_dma 106 - asrc 107 - can1_ipg 108 - can1_serial 109 - can2_ipg 110 - can2_serial 111 - ecspi1 112 - ecspi2 113 - ecspi3 114 - ecspi4 115 - ecspi5 116 - enet 117 - esai 118 - gpt_ipg 119 - gpt_ipg_per 120 - gpu2d_core 121 - gpu3d_core 122 - hdmi_iahb 123 - hdmi_isfr 124 - i2c1 125 - i2c2 126 - i2c3 127 - iim 128 - enfc 129 - ipu1 130 - ipu1_di0 131 - ipu1_di1 132 - ipu2 133 - ipu2_di0 134 - ldb_di0 135 - ldb_di1 136 - ipu2_di1 137 - hsi_tx 138 - mlb 139 - mmdc_ch0_axi 140 - mmdc_ch1_axi 141 - ocram 142 - openvg_axi 143 - pcie_axi 144 - pwm1 145 - pwm2 146 - pwm3 147 - pwm4 148 - per1_bch 149 - gpmi_bch_apb 150 - gpmi_bch 151 - gpmi_io 152 - gpmi_apb 153 - sata 154 - sdma 155 - spba 156 - ssi1 157 - ssi2 158 - ssi3 159 - uart_ipg 160 - uart_serial 161 - usboh3 162 - usdhc1 163 - usdhc2 164 - usdhc3 165 - usdhc4 166 - vdo_axi 167 - vpu_axi 168 - cko1 169 - pll1_sys 170 - pll2_bus 171 - pll3_usb_otg 172 - pll4_audio 173 - pll5_video 174 - pll8_mlb 175 - pll7_usb_host 176 - pll6_enet 177 - ssi1_ipg 178 - ssi2_ipg 179 - ssi3_ipg 180 - rom 181 - usbphy1 182 - usbphy2 183 - ldb_di0_div_3_5 184 - ldb_di1_div_3_5 185 - sata_ref 186 - sata_ref_100m 187 - pcie_ref 188 - pcie_ref_125m 189 - enet_ref 190 - usbphy1_gate 191 - usbphy2_gate 192 - pll4_post_div 193 - pll5_post_div 194 - pll5_video_div 195 - eim_slow 196 - spdif 197 - cko2_sel 198 - cko2_podf 199 - cko2 200 - cko 201 - vdoa 202 - pll4_audio_div 203 - lvds1_sel 204 - lvds2_sel 205 - lvds1_gate 206 - lvds2_gate 207 - esai_ahb 208 +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX6 Quad and DualLite clock IDs. Examples: +#include <dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h> + clks: ccm@020c4000 { compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ccm"; reg = <0x020c4000 0x4000>; @@ -235,7 +25,7 @@ uart1: serial@02020000 { compatible = "fsl,imx6q-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; reg = <0x02020000 0x4000>; interrupts = <0 26 0x04>; - clocks = <&clks 160>, <&clks 161>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_UART_IPG>, <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_UART_SERIAL>; clock-names = "ipg", "per"; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt index feb830130714..99c214660bdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt @@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ Device Tree Clock bindings for cpu clock of Marvell EBU platforms Required properties: - compatible : shall be one of the following: "marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock" - cpu clocks for Armada XP -- reg : Address and length of the clock complex register set +- reg : Address and length of the clock complex register set, followed + by address and length of the PMU DFS registers - #clock-cells : should be set to 1. - clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock. cpuclk: clock-complex@d0018700 { #clock-cells = <1>; compatible = "marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock"; - reg = <0xd0018700 0xA0>; + reg = <0xd0018700 0xA0>, <0x1c054 0x10>; clocks = <&coreclk 1>; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..effd9401c133 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +* Samsung S5P6442/S5PC110/S5PV210 Clock Controller + +Samsung S5P6442, S5PC110 and S5PV210 SoCs contain integrated clock +controller, which generates and supplies clock to various controllers +within the SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of following: + - "samsung,s5pv210-clock" : for clock controller of Samsung + S5PC110/S5PV210 SoCs, + - "samsung,s5p6442-clock" : for clock controller of Samsung + S5P6442 SoC. + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in +dt-bindings/clock/s5pv210.h header and can be used in device tree sources. + +External clocks: + +There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It is expected +that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following +clock-output-names: + - "xxti": external crystal oscillator connected to XXTI and XXTO pins of +the SoC, + - "xusbxti": external crystal oscillator connected to XUSBXTI and XUSBXTO +pins of the SoC, + +A subset of above clocks available on given board shall be specified in +board device tree, including the system base clock, as selected by XOM[0] +pin of the SoC. Refer to generic fixed rate clock bindings +documentation[1] for more information how to specify these clocks. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt + +Example: Clock controller node: + + clock: clock-controller@7e00f000 { + compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-clock"; + reg = <0x7e00f000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example: Required external clocks: + + xxti: clock-xxti { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-output-names = "xxti"; + clock-frequency = <24000000>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + + xusbxti: clock-xusbxti { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-output-names = "xusbxti"; + clock-frequency = <24000000>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + +Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller (refer to the standard clock bindings for information about + "clocks" and "clock-names" properties): + + uart0: serial@e2900000 { + compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-uart"; + reg = <0xe2900000 0x400>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <10>; + clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0", + "clk_uart_baud1"; + clocks = <&clocks UART0>, <&clocks UART0>, + <&clocks SCLK_UART0>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt index e577196a12c0..4659fd952301 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ The full ID of peripheral types can be found below. 20 ASRC 21 ESAI 22 SSI Dual FIFO (needs firmware ver >= 2) + 23 Shared ASRC The third cell specifies the transfer priority as below. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6511df165c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Freescale MPC512x and MPC8308 DMA Controller + +The DMA controller in Freescale MPC512x and MPC8308 SoCs can move +blocks of memory contents between memory and peripherals or +from memory to memory. + +Refer to "Generic DMA Controller and DMA request bindings" in +the dma/dma.txt file for a more detailed description of binding. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "fsl,mpc5121-dma" or "fsl,mpc8308-dma"; +- reg: should contain the DMA controller registers location and length; +- interrupt for the DMA controller: syntax of interrupt client node + is described in interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt file. +- #dma-cells: the length of the DMA specifier, must be <1>. + Each channel of this DMA controller has a peripheral request line, + the assignment is fixed in hardware. This one cell + in dmas property of a client device represents the channel number. + +Example: + + dma0: dma@14000 { + compatible = "fsl,mpc5121-dma"; + reg = <0x14000 0x1800>; + interrupts = <65 0x8>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + }; + +DMA clients must use the format described in dma/dma.txt file. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5e2522b9ec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +* Renesas "Type-AXI" NBPFAXI* DMA controllers + +* DMA controller + +Required properties + +- compatible: must be one of + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac1b4" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac1b8" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac1b16" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac4b4" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac4b8" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac4b16" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac8b4" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac8b8" + "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac8b16" +- #dma-cells: must be 2: the first integer is a terminal number, to which this + slave is connected, the second one is flags. Flags is a bitmask + with the following bits defined: + +#define NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_HIGH 1 +#define NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_LOW 2 +#define NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_LEVEL 4 + +Optional properties: + +You can use dma-channels and dma-requests as described in dma.txt, although they +won't be used, this information is derived from the compatibility string. + +Example: + + dma: dma-controller@48000000 { + compatible = "renesas,nbpfaxi64dmac8b4"; + reg = <0x48000000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 12 0x4 + 0 13 0x4 + 0 14 0x4 + 0 15 0x4 + 0 16 0x4 + 0 17 0x4 + 0 18 0x4 + 0 19 0x4>; + #dma-cells = <2>; + dma-channels = <8>; + dma-requests = <8>; + }; + +* DMA client + +Required properties: + +dmas and dma-names are required, as described in dma.txt. + +Example: + +#include <dt-bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.h> + +... + dmas = <&dma 0 (NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_HIGH | NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_LEVEL) + &dma 1 (NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_HIGH | NBPF_SLAVE_RQ_LEVEL)>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f1d750d76de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* R-Car Audio DMAC peri peri Device Tree bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "renesas,rcar-audmapp" +- #dma-cells: should be <1>, see "dmas" property below + +Example: + audmapp: audio-dma-pp@0xec740000 { + compatible = "renesas,rcar-audmapp"; + #dma-cells = <1>; + + reg = <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>; + }; + + +* DMA client + +Required properties: +- dmas: a list of <[DMA multiplexer phandle] [SRS/DRS value]> pairs, + where SRS/DRS values are fixed handles, specified in the SoC + manual as the value that would be written into the PDMACHCR. +- dma-names: a list of DMA channel names, one per "dmas" entry + +Example: + + dmas = <&audmapp 0x2d00 + &audmapp 0x3700>; + dma-names = "src0_ssiu0", + "dvc0_ssiu0"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df0f48bcf75a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +* Renesas R-Car DMA Controller Device Tree bindings + +Renesas R-Car Generation 2 SoCs have have multiple multi-channel DMA +controller instances named DMAC capable of serving multiple clients. Channels +can be dedicated to specific clients or shared between a large number of +clients. + +DMA clients are connected to the DMAC ports referenced by an 8-bit identifier +called MID/RID. + +Each DMA client is connected to one dedicated port of the DMAC, identified by +an 8-bit port number called the MID/RID. A DMA controller can thus serve up to +256 clients in total. When the number of hardware channels is lower than the +number of clients to be served, channels must be shared between multiple DMA +clients. The association of DMA clients to DMAC channels is fully dynamic and +not described in these device tree bindings. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: must contain "renesas,rcar-dmac" + +- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC + +- interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in + interrupt-names. +- interrupt-names: one entry per channel, named "ch%u", where %u is the + channel number ranging from zero to the number of channels minus one. + +- clock-names: "fck" for the functional clock +- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. +- clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + +- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell specifies the MID/RID of the DMAC port + connected to the DMA client +- dma-channels: number of DMA channels + +Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SYS-DMACs + + dmac0: dma-controller@e6700000 { + compatible = "renesas,rcar-dmac"; + reg = <0 0xe6700000 0 0x20000>; + interrupts = <0 197 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 200 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 201 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 202 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 203 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 204 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 205 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 206 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 207 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 208 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 209 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 210 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 211 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 212 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 213 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 214 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "error", + "ch0", "ch1", "ch2", "ch3", + "ch4", "ch5", "ch6", "ch7", + "ch8", "ch9", "ch10", "ch11", + "ch12", "ch13", "ch14"; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SYS_DMAC0>; + clock-names = "fck"; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <15>; + }; + + dmac1: dma-controller@e6720000 { + compatible = "renesas,rcar-dmac"; + reg = <0 0xe6720000 0 0x20000>; + interrupts = <0 220 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 216 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 217 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 218 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 219 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 308 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 309 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 310 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 311 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 312 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 313 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 314 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 315 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 316 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 317 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 318 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "error", + "ch0", "ch1", "ch2", "ch3", + "ch4", "ch5", "ch6", "ch7", + "ch8", "ch9", "ch10", "ch11", + "ch12", "ch13", "ch14"; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SYS_DMAC1>; + clock-names = "fck"; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <15>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt index 1f5729f10621..95800ab37bb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt @@ -35,9 +35,11 @@ Required properties: Each dmas request consists of 4 cells: 1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller - 2. Device Type + 2. Device signal number, the signal line for single and burst requests + connected from the device to the DMA40 engine 3. The DMA request line number (only when 'use fixed channel' is set) - 4. A 32bit mask specifying; mode, direction and endianness [NB: This list will grow] + 4. A 32bit mask specifying; mode, direction and endianness + [NB: This list will grow] 0x00000001: Mode: Logical channel when unset Physical channel when set @@ -54,6 +56,74 @@ Each dmas request consists of 4 cells: Normal priority when unset High priority when set +Existing signal numbers for the DB8500 ASIC. Unless specified, the signals are +bidirectional, i.e. the same for RX and TX operations: + +0: SPI controller 0 +1: SD/MMC controller 0 (unused) +2: SD/MMC controller 1 (unused) +3: SD/MMC controller 2 (unused) +4: I2C port 1 +5: I2C port 3 +6: I2C port 2 +7: I2C port 4 +8: Synchronous Serial Port SSP0 +9: Synchronous Serial Port SSP1 +10: Multi-Channel Display Engine MCDE RX +11: UART port 2 +12: UART port 1 +13: UART port 0 +14: Multirate Serial Port MSP2 +15: I2C port 0 +16: USB OTG in/out endpoints 7 & 15 +17: USB OTG in/out endpoints 6 & 14 +18: USB OTG in/out endpoints 5 & 13 +19: USB OTG in/out endpoints 4 & 12 +20: SLIMbus or HSI channel 0 +21: SLIMbus or HSI channel 1 +22: SLIMbus or HSI channel 2 +23: SLIMbus or HSI channel 3 +24: Multimedia DSP SXA0 +25: Multimedia DSP SXA1 +26: Multimedia DSP SXA2 +27: Multimedia DSP SXA3 +28: SD/MM controller 2 +29: SD/MM controller 0 +30: MSP port 1 on DB8500 v1, MSP port 3 on DB8500 v2 +31: MSP port 0 or SLIMbus channel 0 +32: SD/MM controller 1 +33: SPI controller 2 +34: i2c3 RX2 TX2 +35: SPI controller 1 +36: USB OTG in/out endpoints 3 & 11 +37: USB OTG in/out endpoints 2 & 10 +38: USB OTG in/out endpoints 1 & 9 +39: USB OTG in/out endpoints 8 +40: SPI controller 3 +41: SD/MM controller 3 +42: SD/MM controller 4 +43: SD/MM controller 5 +44: Multimedia DSP SXA4 +45: Multimedia DSP SXA5 +46: SLIMbus channel 8 or Multimedia DSP SXA6 +47: SLIMbus channel 9 or Multimedia DSP SXA7 +48: Crypto Accelerator 1 +49: Crypto Accelerator 1 TX or Hash Accelerator 1 TX +50: Hash Accelerator 1 TX +51: memcpy TX (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +52: SLIMbus or HSI channel 4 +53: SLIMbus or HSI channel 5 +54: SLIMbus or HSI channel 6 +55: SLIMbus or HSI channel 7 +56: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +57: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +58: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +59: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +60: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations) +61: Crypto Accelerator 0 +62: Crypto Accelerator 0 TX or Hash Accelerator 0 TX +63: Hash Accelerator 0 TX + Example: uart@80120000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e145c1675b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Allwinner A31 DMA Controller + +This driver follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" +- reg: Should contain the registers base address and length +- interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this device +- clocks: Should contain a reference to the parent AHB clock +- resets: Should contain a reference to the reset controller asserting + this device in reset +- #dma-cells : Should be 1, a single cell holding a line request number + +Example: + dma: dma-controller@01c02000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma"; + reg = <0x01c02000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 50 4>; + clocks = <&ahb1_gates 6>; + resets = <&ahb1_rst 6>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + }; + +Clients: + +DMA clients connected to the A31 DMA controller must use the format +described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each +channel: a phandle plus one integer cells. +The two cells in order are: + +1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller. +2. The port ID as specified in the datasheet + +Example: +spi2: spi@01c6a000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi"; + reg = <0x01c6a000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 67 4>; + clocks = <&ahb1_gates 22>, <&spi2_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod"; + dmas = <&dma 25>, <&dma 25>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + resets = <&ahb1_rst 22>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/armada/marvell,dove-lcd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/armada/marvell,dove-lcd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46525ea3e646 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/armada/marvell,dove-lcd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Device Tree bindings for Armada DRM CRTC driver + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be "marvell,dove-lcd". + - reg: base address and size of the LCD controller + - interrupts: single interrupt number for the LCD controller + - port: video output port with endpoints, as described by graph.txt + +Optional properties: + + - clocks: as described by clock-bindings.txt + - clock-names: as described by clock-bindings.txt + "axiclk" - axi bus clock for pixel clock + "plldivider" - pll divider clock for pixel clock + "ext_ref_clk0" - external clock 0 for pixel clock + "ext_ref_clk1" - external clock 1 for pixel clock + +Note: all clocks are optional but at least one must be specified. +Further clocks may be added in the future according to requirements of +different SoCs. + +Example: + + lcd0: lcd-controller@820000 { + compatible = "marvell,dove-lcd"; + reg = <0x820000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <47>; + clocks = <&si5351 0>; + clock-names = "ext_ref_clk_1"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt index d7df01c5bb3a..e9e4bce40760 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt @@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ Device-Tree bindings for the NXP TDA998x HDMI transmitter Required properties; - compatible: must be "nxp,tda998x" + - reg: I2C address + Optional properties: - interrupts: interrupt number and trigger type default: polling diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/gpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/gpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..67d0a58dbb77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/gpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon GPU + +Required properties: +- compatible: "qcom,adreno-3xx" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the gpu. +- clocks: device clocks + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "core_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "mem_iface_clk" +- qcom,chipid: gpu chip-id. Note this may become optional for future + devices if we can reliably read the chipid from hw +- qcom,gpu-pwrlevels: list of operating points + - compatible: "qcom,gpu-pwrlevels" + - for each qcom,gpu-pwrlevel: + - qcom,gpu-freq: requested gpu clock speed + - NOTE: downstream android driver defines additional parameters to + configure memory bandwidth scaling per OPP. + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + gpu: qcom,kgsl-3d0@4300000 { + compatible = "qcom,adreno-3xx"; + reg = <0x04300000 0x20000>; + reg-names = "kgsl_3d0_reg_memory"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 80 0>; + interrupt-names = "kgsl_3d0_irq"; + clock-names = + "core_clk", + "iface_clk", + "mem_iface_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc GFX3D_CLK>, + <&mmcc GFX3D_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MMSS_IMEM_AHB_CLK>; + qcom,chipid = <0x03020100>; + qcom,gpu-pwrlevels { + compatible = "qcom,gpu-pwrlevels"; + qcom,gpu-pwrlevel@0 { + qcom,gpu-freq = <450000000>; + }; + qcom,gpu-pwrlevel@1 { + qcom,gpu-freq = <27000000>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aca917fe2ba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon hdmi output + +Required properties: +- compatible: one of the following + * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8660" + * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8960" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers +- reg-names: "core_physical" +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the hdmi block. +- clocks: device clocks + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- qcom,hdmi-tx-ddc-clk-gpio: ddc clk pin +- qcom,hdmi-tx-ddc-data-gpio: ddc data pin +- qcom,hdmi-tx-hpd-gpio: hpd pin +- core-vdda-supply: phandle to supply regulator +- hdmi-mux-supply: phandle to mux regulator + +Optional properties: +- qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-en-gpio: hdmi mux enable pin +- qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-sel-gpio: hdmi mux select pin + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + hdmi: qcom,hdmi-tx-8960@4a00000 { + compatible = "qcom,hdmi-tx-8960"; + reg-names = "core_physical"; + reg = <0x04a00000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 79 0>; + clock-names = + "core_clk", + "master_iface_clk", + "slave_iface_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc HDMI_APP_CLK>, + <&mmcc HDMI_M_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc HDMI_S_AHB_CLK>; + qcom,hdmi-tx-ddc-clk = <&msmgpio 70 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + qcom,hdmi-tx-ddc-data = <&msmgpio 71 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + qcom,hdmi-tx-hpd = <&msmgpio 72 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + core-vdda-supply = <&pm8921_hdmi_mvs>; + hdmi-mux-supply = <&ext_3p3v>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/mdp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/mdp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1a0598e5279d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/mdp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon display controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: + * "qcom,mdp" - mdp4 +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the display controller. +- connectors: array of phandles for output device(s) +- clocks: device clocks + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "core_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "lut_clk" + * "src_clk" + * "hdmi_clk" + * "mpd_clk" + +Optional properties: +- gpus: phandle for gpu device + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + mdp: qcom,mdp@5100000 { + compatible = "qcom,mdp"; + reg = <0x05100000 0xf0000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 75 0>; + connectors = <&hdmi>; + gpus = <&gpu>; + clock-names = + "core_clk", + "iface_clk", + "lut_clk", + "src_clk", + "hdmi_clk", + "mdp_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc MDP_SRC>, + <&mmcc MDP_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDP_LUT_CLK>, + <&mmcc TV_SRC>, + <&mmcc HDMI_TV_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDP_TV_CLK>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-sm5502.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-sm5502.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ecda224955f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-sm5502.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + +* SM5502 MUIC (Micro-USB Interface Controller) device + +The Silicon Mitus SM5502 is a MUIC (Micro-USB Interface Controller) device +which can detect the state of external accessory when external accessory is +attached or detached and button is pressed or released. It is interfaced to +the host controller using an I2C interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "siliconmitus,sm5502-muic" +- reg: Specifies the I2C slave address of the MUIC block. It should be 0x25 +- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which + the interrupts from sm5502 are delivered to. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for detection interrupt sources. + +Example: + + sm5502@25 { + compatible = "siliconmitus,sm5502-muic"; + interrupt-parent = <&gpx1>; + interrupts = <5 0>; + reg = <0x25>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d8c98c7614d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 fuse block. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be: + "nvidia,tegra20-efuse" + "nvidia,tegra30-efuse" + "nvidia,tegra114-efuse" + "nvidia,tegra124-efuse" + Details: + nvidia,tegra20-efuse: Tegra20 requires using APB DMA to read the fuse data + due to a hardware bug. Tegra20 also lacks certain information which is + available in later generations such as fab code, lot code, wafer id,.. + nvidia,tegra30-efuse, nvidia,tegra114-efuse and nvidia,tegra124-efuse: + The differences between these SoCs are the size of the efuse array, + the location of the spare (OEM programmable) bits and the location of + the speedo data. +- reg: Should contain 1 entry: the entry gives the physical address and length + of the fuse registers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - fuse +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - fuse + +Example: + + fuse@7000f800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-efuse"; + reg = <0x7000F800 0x400>, + <0x70000000 0x400>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_FUSE>; + clock-names = "fuse"; + resets = <&tegra_car 39>; + reset-names = "fuse"; + }; + + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..986371a4be2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Xilinx Zynq GPIO controller Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- #gpio-cells : Should be two + - First cell is the GPIO line number + - Second cell is used to specify optional + parameters (unused) +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0" +- clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- interrupts : Interrupt specifier (see interrupt bindings for + details) +- interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device + +Example: + gpio@e000a000 { + #gpio-cells = <2>; + compatible = "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0"; + clocks = <&clkc 42>; + gpio-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <0 20 4>; + reg = <0xe000a000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23bfe8e1f7cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +NVIDIA GK20A Graphics Processing Unit + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,<chip>-<gpu>" + Currently recognized values: + - nvidia,tegra124-gk20a +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. + Must contain two entries: + - first entry for bar0 + - second entry for bar1 +- interrupts: Must contain an entry for each entry in interrupt-names. + See ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for details. +- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries: + - stall + - nonstall +- vdd-supply: regulator for supply voltage. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - gpu + - pwr +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - gpu + +Example: + + gpu@0,57000000 { + compatible = "nvidia,gk20a"; + reg = <0x0 0x57000000 0x0 0x01000000>, + <0x0 0x58000000 0x0 0x01000000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 158 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "stall", "nonstall"; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_gpu>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_GPU>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P_OUT5>; + clock-names = "gpu", "pwr"; + resets = <&tegra_car 184>; + reset-names = "gpu"; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2d150c311a05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +STMicroelectronics stih4xx platforms + +- sti-vtg: video timing generator + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,vtg" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + Optional properties: + - interrupts : VTG interrupt number to the CPU. + - st,slave: phandle on a slave vtg + +- sti-vtac: video timing advanced inter dye communication Rx and TX + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,vtac-main" or "st,vtac-aux" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + +- sti-display-subsystem: Master device for DRM sub-components + This device must be the parent of all the sub-components and is responsible + of bind them. + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,sti-display-subsystem" + - ranges: to allow probing of subdevices + +- sti-compositor: frame compositor engine + must be a child of sti-display-subsystem + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-compositor" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + - resets: resets to be used by the device + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: names of the resets listed in resets property in the same + order. + - st,vtg: phandle(s) on vtg device (main and aux) nodes. + +- sti-tvout: video out hardware block + must be a child of sti-display-subsystem + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-tvout" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - reg-names: names of the mapped memory regions listed in regs property in + the same order. + - resets: resets to be used by the device + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: names of the resets listed in resets property in the same + order. + - ranges: to allow probing of subdevices + +- sti-hdmi: hdmi output block + must be a child of sti-tvout + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-hdmi"; + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - reg-names: names of the mapped memory regions listed in regs property in + the same order. + - interrupts : HDMI interrupt number to the CPU. + - interrupt-names: name of the interrupts listed in interrupts property in + the same order + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + - hdmi,hpd-gpio: gpio id to detect if an hdmi cable is plugged or not. + +sti-hda: + Required properties: + must be a child of sti-tvout + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-hda" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - reg-names: names of the mapped memory regions listed in regs property in + the same order. + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + vtg_main_slave: sti-vtg-main-slave@fe85A800 { + compatible = "st,vtg"; + reg = <0xfe85A800 0x300>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 175 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + }; + + vtg_main: sti-vtg-main-master@fd348000 { + compatible = "st,vtg"; + reg = <0xfd348000 0x400>; + st,slave = <&vtg_main_slave>; + }; + + vtg_aux_slave: sti-vtg-aux-slave@fd348400 { + compatible = "st,vtg"; + reg = <0xfe858200 0x300>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 176 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + }; + + vtg_aux: sti-vtg-aux-master@fd348400 { + compatible = "st,vtg"; + reg = <0xfd348400 0x400>; + st,slave = <&vtg_aux_slave>; + }; + + + sti-vtac-rx-main@fee82800 { + compatible = "st,vtac-main"; + reg = <0xfee82800 0x200>; + clock-names = "vtac"; + clocks = <&clk_m_a2_div0 CLK_M_VTAC_MAIN_PHY>; + }; + + sti-vtac-rx-aux@fee82a00 { + compatible = "st,vtac-aux"; + reg = <0xfee82a00 0x200>; + clock-names = "vtac"; + clocks = <&clk_m_a2_div0 CLK_M_VTAC_AUX_PHY>; + }; + + sti-vtac-tx-main@fd349000 { + compatible = "st,vtac-main"; + reg = <0xfd349000 0x200>, <0xfd320000 0x10000>; + clock-names = "vtac"; + clocks = <&clk_s_a1_hs CLK_S_VTAC_TX_PHY>; + }; + + sti-vtac-tx-aux@fd349200 { + compatible = "st,vtac-aux"; + reg = <0xfd349200 0x200>, <0xfd320000 0x10000>; + clock-names = "vtac"; + clocks = <&clk_s_a1_hs CLK_S_VTAC_TX_PHY>; + }; + + sti-display-subsystem { + compatible = "st,sti-display-subsystem"; + ranges; + + sti-compositor@fd340000 { + compatible = "st,stih416-compositor"; + reg = <0xfd340000 0x1000>; + clock-names = "compo_main", "compo_aux", + "pix_main", "pix_aux"; + clocks = <&clk_m_a2_div1 CLK_M_COMPO_MAIN>, <&clk_m_a2_div1 CLK_M_COMPO_AUX>, + <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_MAIN>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_AUX>; + reset-names = "compo-main", "compo-aux"; + resets = <&softreset STIH416_COMPO_M_SOFTRESET>, <&softreset STIH416_COMPO_A_SOFTRESET>; + st,vtg = <&vtg_main>, <&vtg_aux>; + }; + + sti-tvout@fe000000 { + compatible = "st,stih416-tvout"; + reg = <0xfe000000 0x1000>, <0xfe85a000 0x400>, <0xfe830000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "tvout-reg", "hda-reg", "syscfg"; + reset-names = "tvout"; + resets = <&softreset STIH416_HDTVOUT_SOFTRESET>; + ranges; + + sti-hdmi@fe85c000 { + compatible = "st,stih416-hdmi"; + reg = <0xfe85c000 0x1000>, <0xfe830000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "hdmi-reg", "syscfg"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 173 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "irq"; + clock-names = "pix", "tmds", "phy", "audio"; + clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_TMDS_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDMI_REJECT_PLL>, <&clockgen_b1 CLK_S_PCM_0>; + hdmi,hpd-gpio = <&PIO2 5>; + }; + + sti-hda@fe85a000 { + compatible = "st,stih416-hda"; + reg = <0xfe85a000 0x400>, <0xfe83085c 0x4>; + reg-names = "hda-reg", "video-dacs-ctrl"; + clock-names = "pix", "hddac"; + clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HD>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDDAC>; + }; + }; + }; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f93242be60a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +IBM POWERNV platform sensors +---------------------------- + +Required node properties: +- compatible: must be one of + "ibm,opal-sensor-cooling-fan" + "ibm,opal-sensor-amb-temp" + "ibm,opal-sensor-power-supply" + "ibm,opal-sensor-power" +- sensor-id: an opaque id provided by the firmware to the kernel, identifies a + given sensor and its attribute data + +Example sensors node: + +cooling-fan#8-data { + sensor-id = <0x7052107>; + compatible = "ibm,opal-sensor-cooling-fan"; +}; + +amb-temp#1-thrs { + sensor-id = <0x5096000>; + compatible = "ibm,opal-sensor-amb-temp"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt index b117b2e9e1a7..2391e5c41999 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ NTC Thermistor hwmon sensors Requires node properties: - "compatible" value : one of + "epcos,b57330v2103" "murata,ncp15wb473" "murata,ncp18wb473" "murata,ncp21wb473" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..610757ce4492 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Bindings for a fan connected to the PWM lines + +Required properties: +- compatible : "pwm-fan" +- pwms : the PWM that is used to control the PWM fan + +Example: + pwm-fan { + compatible = "pwm-fan"; + status = "okay"; + pwms = <&pwm 0 10000 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt index fc15ac519437..50b25c3da186 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required properties : Recommended properties : - clock-frequency : maximal I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. - - efm32,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. + - energymicro,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. Allowed range : [0 .. 6] Example: @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Example: clocks = <&cmu clk_HFPERCLKI2C0>; clock-frequency = <100000>; status = "ok"; - efm32,location = <3>; + energymicro,location = <3>; eeprom@50 { compatible = "microchip,24c02"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index bef86e57c388..6af570ec53b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ epson,rx8581 I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE fsl,mag3110 MAG3110: Xtrinsic High Accuracy, 3D Magnetometer fsl,mc13892 MC13892: Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX35/51 fsl,mma8450 MMA8450Q: Xtrinsic Low-power, 3-axis Xtrinsic Accelerometer +fsl,mma8452 MMA8452Q: 3-axis 12-bit / 8-bit Digital Accelerometer fsl,mpr121 MPR121: Proximity Capacitive Touch Sensor Controller fsl,sgtl5000 SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec gmt,g751 G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface @@ -69,6 +70,7 @@ nuvoton,npct501 i2c trusted platform module (TPM) nxp,pca9556 Octal SMBus and I2C registered interface nxp,pca9557 8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset nxp,pcf8563 Real-time clock/calendar +nxp,pcf85063 Tiny Real-Time Clock ovti,ov5642 OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus pericom,pt7c4338 Real-time Clock Module plx,pex8648 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch @@ -83,5 +85,6 @@ stm,m41t80 M41T80 - SERIAL ACCESS RTC WITH ALARMS taos,tsl2550 Ambient Light Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface ti,tsc2003 I2C Touch-Screen Controller ti,tmp102 Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface +ti,tmp103 Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface ti,tmp275 Digital Temperature Sensor winbond,wpct301 i2c trusted platform module (TPM) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/max1027-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/max1027-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8770cc6bcad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/max1027-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Maxim 1027/1029/1031 Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "maxim,max1027" or "maxim,max1029" or "maxim,max1031" + - reg: SPI chip select number for the device + - interrupt-parent: phandle to the parent interrupt controller + see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + - interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC + see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +Recommended properties: +- spi-max-frequency: Definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +Example: +adc@0 { + compatible = "maxim,max1027"; + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt index 90d5f34db04e..8e191eef014e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "honeywell,hmc5843" + Other models which are supported with driver are: + "honeywell,hmc5883" + "honeywell,hmc5883l" + "honeywell,hmc5983" - reg : the I2C address of the magnetometer - typically 0x1e Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a7a0a15913ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +STMicroelectronics MEMS sensors + +The STMicroelectronics sensor devices are pretty straight-forward I2C or +SPI devices, all sharing the same device tree descriptions no matter what +type of sensor it is. + +Required properties: +- compatible: see the list of valid compatible strings below +- reg: the I2C or SPI address the device will respond to + +Optional properties: +- vdd-supply: an optional regulator that needs to be on to provide VDD + power to the sensor. +- vddio-supply: an optional regulator that needs to be on to provide the + VDD IO power to the sensor. +- st,drdy-int-pin: the pin on the package that will be used to signal + "data ready" (valid values: 1 or 2). This property is not configurable + on all sensors. + +Sensors may also have applicable pin control settings, those use the +standard bindings from pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. + +Valid compatible strings: + +Accelerometers: +- st,lsm303dlh-accel +- st,lsm303dlhc-accel +- st,lis3dh-accel +- st,lsm330d-accel +- st,lsm330dl-accel +- st,lsm330dlc-accel +- st,lis331dlh-accel +- st,lsm303dl-accel +- st,lsm303dlm-accel +- st,lsm330-accel + +Gyroscopes: +- st,l3g4200d-gyro +- st,lsm330d-gyro +- st,lsm330dl-gyro +- st,lsm330dlc-gyro +- st,l3gd20-gyro +- st,l3g4is-gyro +- st,lsm330-gyro + +Magnetometers: +- st,lsm303dlhc-magn +- st,lsm303dlm-magn +- st,lis3mdl-magn + +Pressure sensors: +- st,lps001wp-press +- st,lps25h-press +- st,lps331ap-press diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/atmel,maxtouch.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/atmel,maxtouch.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..baef432e8369 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/atmel,maxtouch.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Atmel maXTouch touchscreen/touchpad + +Required properties: +- compatible: + atmel,maxtouch + +- reg: The I2C address of the device + +- interrupts: The sink for the touchpad's IRQ output + See ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +Optional properties for main touchpad device: + +- linux,gpio-keymap: An array of up to 4 entries indicating the Linux + keycode generated by each GPIO. Linux keycodes are defined in + <dt-bindings/input/input.h>. + +Example: + + touch@4b { + compatible = "atmel,maxtouch"; + reg = <0x4b>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <TEGRA_GPIO(W, 3) IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4b463904cba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Device tree bindings for Microchip CAP1106, 6 channel capacitive touch sensor + +The node for this driver must be a child of a I2C controller node, as the +device communication via I2C only. + +Required properties: + + compatible: Must be "microchip,cap1106" + + reg: The I2C slave address of the device. + Only 0x28 is valid. + + interrupts: Property describing the interrupt line the + device's ALERT#/CM_IRQ# pin is connected to. + The device only has one interrupt source. + +Optional properties: + + autorepeat: Enables the Linux input system's autorepeat + feature on the input device. + + microchip,sensor-gain: Defines the gain of the sensor circuitry. This + effectively controls the sensitivity, as a + smaller delta capacitance is required to + generate the same delta count values. + Valid values are 1, 2, 4, and 8. + By default, a gain of 1 is set. + + linux,keycodes: Specifies an array of numeric keycode values to + be used for the channels. If this property is + omitted, KEY_A, KEY_B, etc are used as + defaults. The array must have exactly six + entries. + +Example: + +i2c_controller { + cap1106@28 { + compatible = "microchip,cap1106"; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <0 0>; + reg = <0x28>; + autorepeat; + microchip,sensor-gain = <2>; + + linux,keycodes = <103 /* KEY_UP */ + 106 /* KEY_RIGHT */ + 108 /* KEY_DOWN */ + 105 /* KEY_LEFT */ + 109 /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */ + 104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */ + }; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e551090f465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* Pixcir I2C touchscreen controllers + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "pixcir,pixcir_ts" or "pixcir,pixcir_tangoc" +- reg: I2C address of the chip +- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected +- attb-gpio: GPIO connected to the ATTB line of the chip +- touchscreen-size-x: horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) +- touchscreen-size-y: vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) + +Example: + + i2c@00000000 { + /* ... */ + + pixcir_ts@5c { + compatible = "pixcir,pixcir_ts"; + reg = <0x5c>; + interrupts = <2 0>; + attb-gpio = <&gpf 2 0 2>; + touchscreen-size-x = <800>; + touchscreen-size-y = <600>; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt index 2faf1f1fa39e..80c37df940a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ Required properties: - x-size: horizontal resolution of touchscreen - y-size: vertical resolution of touchscreen +Optional properties: +- vdd-supply: Regulator controlling the controller supply + Example: i2c@00000000 { @@ -18,6 +21,7 @@ Example: compatible = "neonode,zforce"; reg = <0x50>; interrupts = <2 0>; + vdd-supply = <®_zforce_vdd>; gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>, /* INT */ <&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt index 2742e9cfd6b1..2742e9cfd6b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/opencores,or1k-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/opencores,or1k-pic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55c04faa3f3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/opencores,or1k-pic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +OpenRISC 1000 Programmable Interrupt Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "opencores,or1k-pic-level" for variants with + level triggered interrupt lines, "opencores,or1k-pic-edge" for variants with + edge triggered interrupt lines or "opencores,or1200-pic" for machines + with the non-spec compliant or1200 type implementation. + + "opencores,or1k-pic" is also provided as an alias to "opencores,or1200-pic", + but this is only for backwards compatibility. + +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 1. + +Example: + +intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "opencores,or1k-pic-level"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt index f284b99402bc..2d0f7cd867ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt @@ -42,12 +42,6 @@ conditions. ** System MMU optional properties: -- smmu-parent : When multiple SMMUs are chained together, this - property can be used to provide a phandle to the - parent SMMU (that is the next SMMU on the path going - from the mmu-masters towards memory) node for this - SMMU. - - calxeda,smmu-secure-config-access : Enable proper handling of buggy implementations that always use secure access to SMMU configuration registers. In this case non-secure diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5a8b4624defc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +This document describes the generic device tree binding for IOMMUs and their +master(s). + + +IOMMU device node: +================== + +An IOMMU can provide the following services: + +* Remap address space to allow devices to access physical memory ranges that + they otherwise wouldn't be capable of accessing. + + Example: 32-bit DMA to 64-bit physical addresses + +* Implement scatter-gather at page level granularity so that the device does + not have to. + +* Provide system protection against "rogue" DMA by forcing all accesses to go + through the IOMMU and faulting when encountering accesses to unmapped + address regions. + +* Provide address space isolation between multiple contexts. + + Example: Virtualization + +Device nodes compatible with this binding represent hardware with some of the +above capabilities. + +IOMMUs can be single-master or multiple-master. Single-master IOMMU devices +typically have a fixed association to the master device, whereas multiple- +master IOMMU devices can translate accesses from more than one master. + +The device tree node of the IOMMU device's parent bus must contain a valid +"dma-ranges" property that describes how the physical address space of the +IOMMU maps to memory. An empty "dma-ranges" property means that there is a +1:1 mapping from IOMMU to memory. + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- #iommu-cells: The number of cells in an IOMMU specifier needed to encode an + address. + +The meaning of the IOMMU specifier is defined by the device tree binding of +the specific IOMMU. Below are a few examples of typical use-cases: + +- #iommu-cells = <0>: Single master IOMMU devices are not configurable and + therefore no additional information needs to be encoded in the specifier. + This may also apply to multiple master IOMMU devices that do not allow the + association of masters to be configured. Note that an IOMMU can by design + be multi-master yet only expose a single master in a given configuration. + In such cases the number of cells will usually be 1 as in the next case. +- #iommu-cells = <1>: Multiple master IOMMU devices may need to be configured + in order to enable translation for a given master. In such cases the single + address cell corresponds to the master device's ID. In some cases more than + one cell can be required to represent a single master ID. +- #iommu-cells = <4>: Some IOMMU devices allow the DMA window for masters to + be configured. The first cell of the address in this may contain the master + device's ID for example, while the second cell could contain the start of + the DMA window for the given device. The length of the DMA window is given + by the third and fourth cells. + +Note that these are merely examples and real-world use-cases may use different +definitions to represent their individual needs. Always refer to the specific +IOMMU binding for the exact meaning of the cells that make up the specifier. + + +IOMMU master node: +================== + +Devices that access memory through an IOMMU are called masters. A device can +have multiple master interfaces (to one or more IOMMU devices). + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- iommus: A list of phandle and IOMMU specifier pairs that describe the IOMMU + master interfaces of the device. One entry in the list describes one master + interface of the device. + +When an "iommus" property is specified in a device tree node, the IOMMU will +be used for address translation. If a "dma-ranges" property exists in the +device's parent node it will be ignored. An exception to this rule is if the +referenced IOMMU is disabled, in which case the "dma-ranges" property of the +parent shall take effect. Note that merely disabling a device tree node does +not guarantee that the IOMMU is really disabled since the hardware may not +have a means to turn off translation. But it is invalid in such cases to +disable the IOMMU's device tree node in the first place because it would +prevent any driver from properly setting up the translations. + + +Notes: +====== + +One possible extension to the above is to use an "iommus" property along with +a "dma-ranges" property in a bus device node (such as PCI host bridges). This +can be useful to describe how children on the bus relate to the IOMMU if they +are not explicitly listed in the device tree (e.g. PCI devices). However, the +requirements of that use-case haven't been fully determined yet. Implementing +this is therefore not recommended without further discussion and extension of +this binding. + + +Examples: +========= + +Single-master IOMMU: +-------------------- + + iommu { + #iommu-cells = <0>; + }; + + master { + iommus = <&{/iommu}>; + }; + +Multiple-master IOMMU with fixed associations: +---------------------------------------------- + + /* multiple-master IOMMU */ + iommu { + /* + * Masters are statically associated with this IOMMU and share + * the same address translations because the IOMMU does not + * have sufficient information to distinguish between masters. + * + * Consequently address translation is always on or off for + * all masters at any given point in time. + */ + #iommu-cells = <0>; + }; + + /* static association with IOMMU */ + master@1 { + reg = <1>; + iommus = <&{/iommu}>; + }; + + /* static association with IOMMU */ + master@2 { + reg = <2>; + iommus = <&{/iommu}>; + }; + +Multiple-master IOMMU: +---------------------- + + iommu { + /* the specifier represents the ID of the master */ + #iommu-cells = <1>; + }; + + master@1 { + /* device has master ID 42 in the IOMMU */ + iommus = <&{/iommu} 42>; + }; + + master@2 { + /* device has master IDs 23 and 24 in the IOMMU */ + iommus = <&{/iommu} 23>, <&{/iommu} 24>; + }; + +Multiple-master IOMMU with configurable DMA window: +--------------------------------------------------- + + / { + iommu { + /* + * One cell for the master ID and one cell for the + * address of the DMA window. The length of the DMA + * window is encoded in two cells. + * + * The DMA window is the range addressable by the + * master (i.e. the I/O virtual address space). + */ + #iommu-cells = <4>; + }; + + master { + /* master ID 42, 4 GiB DMA window starting at 0 */ + iommus = <&{/iommu} 42 0 0x1 0x0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt index aece3eac1b63..dafbe9931c2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ LEDs connected to pca9632, pca9633 or pca9634 Required properties: -- compatible : should be : "nxp,pca9632", "nxp,pca9633" or "nxp,pca9634" +- compatible : should be : "nxp,pca9632", "nxp,pca9633", "nxp,pca9634" or "nxp,pca9635" Optional properties: -- nxp,totem-pole : use totem pole (push-pull) instead of default open-drain +- nxp,totem-pole : use totem pole (push-pull) instead of open-drain (pca9632 defaults + to open-drain, newer chips to totem pole) - nxp,hw-blink : use hardware blinking instead of software blinking Each led is represented as a sub-node of the nxp,pca963x device. LED sub-node properties: - label : (optional) see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt -- reg : number of LED line (could be from 0 to 3 in pca9632 or pca9633 - or 0 to 7 in pca9634) +- reg : number of LED line (could be from 0 to 3 in pca9632 or pca9633, + 0 to 7 in pca9634, or 0 to 15 in pca9635) - linux,default-trigger : (optional) see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt index d7221b84987c..bad9102796f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - gpio-controller: allows lines to be used as output-only GPIOs. -- #gpio-cells: if present, must be 0. +- #gpio-cells: if present, must not be 0. Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tca6507 device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..17e71b7b44c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Atmel Image Sensor Interface (ISI) SoC Camera Subsystem +---------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "atmel,at91sam9g45-isi" +- reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device; +- interrupts: should contain IRQ line for the ISI; +- clocks: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in + the clock-names property; +- clock-names: must contain "isi_clk", which is the isi peripherial clock. + +ISI supports a single port node with parallel bus. It should contain one +'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please refer to the bindings +defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + isi: isi@f0034000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-isi"; + reg = <0xf0034000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 5>; + + clocks = <&isi_clk>; + clock-names = "isi_clk"; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_isi>; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + isi_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ov2640_0>; + bus-width = <8>; + }; + }; + }; + + i2c1: i2c@f0018000 { + ov2640: camera@0x30 { + compatible = "omnivision,ov2640"; + reg = <0x30>; + + port { + ov2640_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&isi_0>; + bus-width = <8>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt index 937b755baf8f..bf52ed4a5067 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt @@ -3,9 +3,13 @@ Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series JPEG codec Required properties: - compatible : should be one of: - "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg"; + "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg", + "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg"; - reg : address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set; - interrupts : specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt; -- clocks : should contain the JPEG codec IP gate clock specifier, from the - common clock bindings; -- clock-names : should contain "jpeg" entry. +- clock-names : should contain: + - "jpeg" for the core gate clock, + - "sclk" for the special clock (optional). +- clocks : should contain the clock specifier and clock ID list + matching entries in the clock-names property; from + the common clock bindings. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed5a334b1e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Micron 1.3Mp CMOS Digital Image Sensor + +The Micron MT9M111 is a CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with an active +array size of 1280H x 1024V. It is programmable through a simple two-wire serial +interface. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: value should be "micron,mt9m111" + +For further reading on port node refer to +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + + i2c_master { + mt9m111@5d { + compatible = "micron,mt9m111"; + reg = <0x5d>; + + remote = <&pxa_camera>; + port { + mt9m111_1: endpoint { + bus-width = <8>; + remote-endpoint = <&pxa_camera>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/pxa-camera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/pxa-camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..11f5b5d51af8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/pxa-camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Marvell PXA camera host interface + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa270-qci" + - reg: register base and size + - interrupts: the interrupt number + - any required generic properties defined in video-interfaces.txt + +Optional properties: + - clocks: input clock (see clock-bindings.txt) + - clock-output-names: should contain the name of the clock driving the + sensor master clock MCLK + - clock-frequency: host interface is driving MCLK, and MCLK rate is this rate + +Example: + + pxa_camera: pxa_camera@50000000 { + compatible = "marvell,pxa270-qci"; + reg = <0x50000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <33>; + + clocks = <&pxa2xx_clks 24>; + clock-names = "ciclk"; + clock-frequency = <50000000>; + clock-output-names = "qci_mclk"; + + status = "okay"; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* Parallel bus endpoint */ + qci: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; /* Local endpoint # */ + remote-endpoint = <&mt9m111_1>; + bus-width = <8>; /* Used data lines */ + hsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ + vsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ + pclk-sample = <1>; /* Rising */ + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba61782c2af9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +Renesas RCar Video Input driver (rcar_vin) +------------------------------------------ + +The rcar_vin device provides video input capabilities for the Renesas R-Car +family of devices. The current blocks are always slaves and suppot one input +channel which can be either RGB, YUYV or BT656. + + - compatible: Must be one of the following + - "renesas,vin-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 device + - "renesas,vin-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 device + - "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device + - "renesas,vin-r8a7778" for the R8A7778 device + - reg: the register base and size for the device registers + - interrupts: the interrupt for the device + - clocks: Reference to the parent clock + +Additionally, an alias named vinX will need to be created to specify +which video input device this is. + +The per-board settings: + - port sub-node describing a single endpoint connected to the vin + as described in video-interfaces.txt[1]. Only the first one will + be considered as each vin interface has one input port. + + These settings are used to work out video input format and widths + into the system. + + +Device node example +------------------- + + aliases { + vin0 = &vin0; + }; + + vin0: vin@0xe6ef0000 { + compatible = "renesas,vin-r8a7790"; + clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_VIN0>; + reg = <0 0xe6ef0000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 188 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + +Board setup example (vin1 composite video input) +------------------------------------------------ + +&i2c2 { + status = "ok"; + pinctrl-0 = <&i2c2_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + + adv7180@20 { + compatible = "adi,adv7180"; + reg = <0x20>; + remote = <&vin1>; + + port { + adv7180: endpoint { + bus-width = <8>; + remote-endpoint = <&vin1ep0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +/* composite video input */ +&vin1 { + pinctrl-0 = <&vin1_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + + status = "ok"; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + vin1ep0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&adv7180>; + bus-width = <8>; + }; + }; +}; + + + +[1] video-interfaces.txt common video media interface diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23dd5ad07b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for SUNXI IR controller found in sunXi SoC family + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir"; +- clocks : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to + entries in clock-names property; +- clock-names : should contain "apb" and "ir" entries; +- interrupts : should contain IR IRQ number; +- reg : should contain IO map address for IR. + +Optional properties: +- linux,rc-map-name : Remote control map name. + +Example: + +ir0: ir@01c21800 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir"; + clocks = <&apb0_gates 6>, <&ir0_clk>; + clock-names = "apb", "ir"; + interrupts = <0 5 1>; + reg = <0x01C21800 0x40>; + linux,rc-map-name = "rc-rc6-mce"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt index 36a0c3d8c726..5c7e7230984a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt @@ -42,6 +42,16 @@ Optional properties: the chip default will be used. If present exactly five values must be specified. + - DCVDD-supply, MICVDD-supply : Power supplies, only need to be specified if + they are being externally supplied. As covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Optional subnodes: + - ldo1 : Initial data for the LDO1 regulator, as covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + - micvdd : Initial data for the MICVDD regulator, as covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + Example: codec: wm5102@1a { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt index 8edcb9bd873b..4f64b2a73169 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt @@ -13,6 +13,14 @@ Required properties: The second cell is the flags, encoded as the trigger masks from binding document interrupts.txt, using dt-bindings/irq. +Optional properties: +-------------------- +- ams,enable-internal-int-pullup: Boolean property, to enable internal pullup on + interrupt pin. Missing this will disable internal pullup on INT pin. +- ams,enable-internal-i2c-pullup: Boolean property, to enable internal pullup on + i2c scl/sda pins. Missing this will disable internal pullup on i2c + scl/sda lines. + Optional submodule and their properties: ======================================= diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt index e5f0f8303461..eda898978d33 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ twl6037 (palmas) tps65913 (palmas) tps65914 (palmas) tps659038 +tps65917 Required properties: - compatible : Should be from the list @@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties: ti,tps65914 ti,tps80036 ti,tps659038 + ti,tps65917 and also the generic series names ti,palmas - interrupt-controller : palmas has its own internal IRQs diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt index d81ba30c0d8b..ba2d7f0f9c5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -* Samsung S2MPS11 and S2MPS14 Voltage and Current Regulator +* Samsung S2MPS11, S2MPS14 and S2MPU02 Voltage and Current Regulator The Samsung S2MPS11 is a multi-function device which includes voltage and current regulators, RTC, charger controller and other sub-blocks. It is @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ interfaced to the host controller using an I2C interface. Each sub-block is addressed by the host system using different I2C slave addresses. Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "samsung,s2mps11-pmic" or "samsung,s2mps14-pmic". +- compatible: Should be "samsung,s2mps11-pmic" or "samsung,s2mps14-pmic" + or "samsung,s2mpu02-pmic". - reg: Specifies the I2C slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66. Optional properties: @@ -81,11 +82,13 @@ as per the datasheet of s2mps11. - valid values for n are: - S2MPS11: 1 to 38 - S2MPS14: 1 to 25 - - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28 + - S2MPU02: 1 to 28 + - Example: LDO1, LDO2, LDO28 - BUCKn - valid values for n are: - S2MPS11: 1 to 10 - S2MPS14: 1 to 5 + - S2MPU02: 1 to 7 - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9 Example: @@ -96,7 +99,7 @@ Example: s2m_osc: clocks { compatible = "samsung,s2mps11-clk"; - #clock-cells = 1; + #clock-cells = <1>; clock-output-names = "xx", "yy", "zz"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt index 1f5a31fef907..03c5a551da55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ PRCM is an MFD device exposing several Power Management related devices (like clks and reset controllers). Required properties: - - compatible: "allwinner,sun6i-a31-prcm" + - compatible: "allwinner,sun6i-a31-prcm" or "allwinner,sun8i-a23-prcm" - reg: The PRCM registers range The prcm node may contain several subdevices definitions: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b97b8bef1fe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 apbmisc block + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be: + "nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc" + "nvidia,tegra30-apbmisc" + "nvidia,tegra114-apbmisc" + "nvidia,tegra124-apbmisc" +- reg: Should contain 2 entries: the first entry gives the physical address + and length of the registers which contain revision and debug features. + The second entry gives the physical address and length of the + registers indicating the strapping options. + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt index 532b1d440abc..6cd3525d0e09 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt @@ -46,13 +46,14 @@ Required Properties: - if CIU clock divider value is 0 (that is divide by 1), both tx and rx phase shift clocks should be 0. -Required properties for a slot: +Required properties for a slot (Deprecated - Recommend to use one slot per host): * gpios: specifies a list of gpios used for command, clock and data bus. The first gpio is the command line and the second gpio is the clock line. The rest of the gpios (depending on the bus-width property) are the data lines in no particular order. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. +(Deprecated - Refer to Documentation/devicetree/binding/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt) Example: @@ -69,21 +70,13 @@ Example: dwmmc0@12200000 { num-slots = <1>; - supports-highspeed; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cap-sd-highspeed; broken-cd; fifo-depth = <0x80>; card-detect-delay = <200>; samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div = <3>; samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing = <2 3>; samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing = <1 2>; - - slot@0 { - reg = <0>; - bus-width = <8>; - gpios = <&gpc0 0 2 0 3>, <&gpc0 1 2 0 3>, - <&gpc1 0 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 1 2 3 3>, - <&gpc1 2 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 3 2 3 3>, - <&gpc0 3 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 4 2 3 3>, - <&gpc0 5 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 6 2 3 3>; - }; + bus-width = <8>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt index e5bc49f764d1..3b3544931437 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt @@ -34,13 +34,11 @@ Example: num-slots = <1>; vmmc-supply = <&ldo12>; fifo-depth = <0x100>; - supports-highspeed; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&sd_pmx_pins &sd_cfg_func1 &sd_cfg_func2>; - slot@0 { - reg = <0>; - bus-width = <4>; - disable-wp; - cd-gpios = <&gpio10 3 0>; - }; + bus-width = <4>; + disable-wp; + cd-gpios = <&gpio10 3 0>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cap-sd-highspeed; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt index 3c18001dfd5d..431716e37a39 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Optional properties: - cap-power-off-card: powering off the card is safe - cap-sdio-irq: enable SDIO IRQ signalling on this interface - full-pwr-cycle: full power cycle of the card is supported -- mmc-highspeed-ddr-1_8v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.8V I/O) is supported -- mmc-highspeed-ddr-1_2v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.2V I/O) is supported +- mmc-ddr-1_8v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.8V I/O) is supported +- mmc-ddr-1_2v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.2V I/O) is supported - mmc-hs200-1_8v: eMMC HS200 mode(1.8V I/O) is supported - mmc-hs200-1_2v: eMMC HS200 mode(1.2V I/O) is supported - mmc-hs400-1_8v: eMMC HS400 mode(1.8V I/O) is supported diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..299081f94abd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +* Renesas Multi Media Card Interface (MMCIF) Controller + +This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt +and the properties used by the MMCIF device. + + +Required properties: + +- compatible: must contain one of the following + - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7740" for the MMCIF found in r8a7740 SoCs + - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7790" for the MMCIF found in r8a7790 SoCs + - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7791" for the MMCIF found in r8a7791 SoCs + - "renesas,sh-mmcif" for the generic MMCIF + +- clocks: reference to the functional clock + +- dmas: reference to the DMA channels, one per channel name listed in the + dma-names property. +- dma-names: must contain "tx" for the transmit DMA channel and "rx" for the + receive DMA channel. + + +Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MMCIF0 + + mmcif0: mmc@ee200000 { + compatible = "renesas,mmcif-r8a7790", "renesas,sh-mmcif"; + reg = <0 0xee200000 0 0x80>; + interrupts = <0 169 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF0>; + dmas = <&dmac0 0xd1>, <&dmac0 0xd2>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt index 81b33b5b20fc..485483a63d8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ Example: bus-width = <8>; non-removable; - vmmc = <&pm8941_l20>; - vqmmc = <&pm8941_s3>; + vmmc-supply = <&pm8941_l20>; + vqmmc-supply = <&pm8941_s3>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&sdc1_clk &sdc1_cmd &sdc1_data>; @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ Example: bus-width = <4>; cd-gpios = <&msmgpio 62 0x1>; - vmmc = <&pm8941_l21>; - vqmmc = <&pm8941_l13>; + vmmc-supply = <&pm8941_l21>; + vqmmc-supply = <&pm8941_l13>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&sdc2_clk &sdc2_cmd &sdc2_data>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7527db447a35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +* STMicroelectronics sdhci-st MMC/SD controller + +This file documents the differences between the core properties in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt and the properties +used by the sdhci-st driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "st,sdhci" +- clock-names : Should be "mmc" + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt +- clocks : Phandle of the clock used by the sdhci controler + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Optional properties: +- non-removable: non-removable slot + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +- bus-width: Number of data lines + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt + +Example: + +mmc0: sdhci@fe81e000 { + compatible = "st,sdhci"; + status = "disabled"; + reg = <0xfe81e000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 127 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "mmcirq"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mmc0>; + clock-names = "mmc"; + clocks = <&clk_s_a1_ls 1>; + bus-width = <8> +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt index 2d4a7258a10d..346c6095a615 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt @@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ Optional properties: * card-detect-delay: Delay in milli-seconds before detecting card after card insert event. The default value is 0. -* supports-highspeed: Enables support for high speed cards (up to 50MHz) +* supports-highspeed (DEPRECATED): Enables support for high speed cards (up to 50MHz) + (use "cap-mmc-highspeed" or "cap-sd-highspeed" instead) * broken-cd: as documented in mmc core bindings. @@ -98,14 +99,11 @@ board specific portions as listed below. clock-frequency = <400000000>; clock-freq-min-max = <400000 200000000>; num-slots = <1>; - supports-highspeed; broken-cd; fifo-depth = <0x80>; card-detect-delay = <200>; vmmc-supply = <&buck8>; - - slot@0 { - reg = <0>; - bus-width = <8>; - }; + bus-width = <8>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cap-sd-highspeed; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt index ce8056116fb0..76bf087bc889 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required properties: Should be "ti,omap3-hsmmc", for OMAP3 controllers Should be "ti,omap3-pre-es3-hsmmc" for OMAP3 controllers pre ES3.0 Should be "ti,omap4-hsmmc", for OMAP4 controllers + Should be "ti,am33xx-hsmmc", for AM335x controllers - ti,hwmods: Must be "mmc<n>", n is controller instance starting 1 Optional properties: @@ -56,3 +57,56 @@ Examples: &edma 25>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; }; + +[workaround for missing swakeup on am33xx] + +This SOC is missing the swakeup line, it will not detect SDIO irq +while in suspend. + + ------ + | PRCM | + ------ + ^ | + swakeup | | fclk + | v + ------ ------- ----- + | card | -- CIRQ --> | hsmmc | -- IRQ --> | CPU | + ------ ------- ----- + +In suspend the fclk is off and the module is disfunctional. Even register reads +will fail. A small logic in the host will request fclk restore, when an +external event is detected. Once the clock is restored, the host detects the +event normally. Since am33xx doesn't have this line it never wakes from +suspend. + +The workaround is to reconfigure the dat1 line as a GPIO upon suspend. To make +this work, we need to set the named pinctrl states "default" and "idle". +Prepare idle to remux dat1 as a gpio, and default to remux it back as sdio +dat1. The MMC driver will then toggle between idle and default state during +runtime. + +In summary: +1. select matching 'compatible' section, see example below. +2. specify pinctrl states "default" and "idle", "sleep" is optional. +3. specify the gpio irq used for detecting sdio irq in suspend + +If configuration is incomplete, a warning message is emitted "falling back to +polling". Also check the "sdio irq mode" in /sys/kernel/debug/mmc0/regs. Mind +not every application needs SDIO irq, e.g. MMC cards. + + mmc1: mmc@48060100 { + compatible = "ti,am33xx-hsmmc"; + ... + pinctrl-names = "default", "idle", "sleep" + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc1_pins>; + pinctrl-1 = <&mmc1_idle>; + pinctrl-2 = <&mmc1_sleep>; + ... + interrupts-extended = <&intc 64 &gpio2 28 0>; + }; + + mmc1_idle : pinmux_cirq_pin { + pinctrl-single,pins = < + 0x0f8 0x3f /* GPIO2_28 */ + >; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt index 6a2a1160a70d..fa0f327cde01 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,sdhi-r8a7778" - SDHI IP on R8A7778 SoC "renesas,sdhi-r8a7779" - SDHI IP on R8A7779 SoC "renesas,sdhi-r8a7790" - SDHI IP on R8A7790 SoC + "renesas,sdhi-r8a7791" - SDHI IP on R8A7791 SoC Optional properties: - toshiba,mmc-wrprotect-disable: write-protect detection is unavailable diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt index 458d59634688..a011fdf61dbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt @@ -25,6 +25,16 @@ Optional properties: discoverable or this property is not enabled, the software may chooses an implementation-defined ECC scheme. + - fsl,no-blockmark-swap: Don't swap the bad block marker from the OOB + area with the byte in the data area but rely on the + flash based BBT for identifying bad blocks. + NOTE: this is only valid in conjunction with + 'nand-on-flash-bbt'. + WARNING: on i.MX28 blockmark swapping cannot be + disabled for the BootROM in the FCB. Thus, + partitions written from Linux with this feature + turned on may not be accessible by the BootROM + code. The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt index d01ed63d3ebb..42409bfe04c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt @@ -8,10 +8,16 @@ Required properties: - SerDes integration registers (1/2) - SerDes integration registers (2/2) +Optional properties: +- amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device + 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) + 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE + Example: xgbe_phy@e1240800 { compatible = "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; reg = <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; + amd,speed-set = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt index ea0c7908a3b8..41354f730beb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt @@ -8,16 +8,21 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device - interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe interrupt -- clocks: Should be the DMA clock for the amd-xgbe device (used for - calculating the correct Rx interrupt watchdog timer value on a DMA - channel for coalescing) -- clock-names: Should be the name of the DMA clock, "dma_clk" +- clocks: + - DMA clock for the amd-xgbe device (used for calculating the + correct Rx interrupt watchdog timer value on a DMA channel + for coalescing) + - PTP clock for the amd-xgbe device +- clock-names: Should be the names of the clocks + - "dma_clk" for the DMA clock + - "ptp_clk" for the PTP clock - phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Optional properties: - mac-address: mac address to be assigned to the device. Can be overridden by UEFI. +- dma-coherent: Present if dma operations are coherent Example: xgbe@e0700000 { @@ -26,8 +31,8 @@ Example: <0 0xe0780000 0 0x80000>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 325 4>; - clocks = <&xgbe_clk>; - clock-names = "dma_clk"; + clocks = <&xgbe_dma_clk>, <&xgbe_ptp_clk>; + clock-names = "dma_clk", "ptp_clk"; phy-handle = <&phy>; phy-mode = "xgmii"; mac-address = [ 02 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 ]; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ebcad25efd0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +APM X-Gene SoC Ethernet nodes + +Ethernet nodes are defined to describe on-chip ethernet interfaces in +APM X-Gene SoC. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "apm,xgene-enet" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains the + information of registers in the same order as described by reg-names +- reg-names: Should contain the register set names + - "enet_csr": Ethernet control and status register address space + - "ring_csr": Descriptor ring control and status register address space + - "ring_cmd": Descriptor ring command register address space +- interrupts: Ethernet main interrupt +- clocks: Reference to the clock entry. +- local-mac-address: MAC address assigned to this device +- phy-connection-type: Interface type between ethernet device and PHY device +- phy-handle: Reference to a PHY node connected to this device + +- mdio: Device tree subnode with the following required properties: + - compatible: Must be "apm,xgene-mdio". + - #address-cells: Must be <1>. + - #size-cells: Must be <0>. + + For the phy on the mdio bus, there must be a node with the following fields: + - compatible: PHY identifier. Please refer ./phy.txt for the format. + - reg: The ID number for the phy. + +Optional properties: +- status: Should be "ok" or "disabled" for enabled/disabled. Default is "ok". + +Example: + menetclk: menetclk { + compatible = "apm,xgene-device-clock"; + clock-output-names = "menetclk"; + status = "ok"; + }; + + menet: ethernet@17020000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-enet"; + status = "disabled"; + reg = <0x0 0x17020000 0x0 0xd100>, + <0x0 0X17030000 0x0 0X400>, + <0x0 0X10000000 0x0 0X200>; + reg-names = "enet_csr", "ring_csr", "ring_cmd"; + interrupts = <0x0 0x3c 0x4>; + clocks = <&menetclk 0>; + local-mac-address = [00 01 73 00 00 01]; + phy-connection-type = "rgmii"; + phy-handle = <&menetphy>; + mdio { + compatible = "apm,xgene-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + menetphy: menetphy@3 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-id001c.c915"; + reg = <0x3>; + }; + + }; + }; + +/* Board-specific peripheral configurations */ +&menet { + status = "ok"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt index c183ea90d9bc..aa7ad622259d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be one of "brcm,systemport-v1.00" or "brcm,systemport" - reg: address and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts: interrupts for the device, first cell must be for the the rx - interrupts, and the second cell should be for the transmit queues + interrupts, and the second cell should be for the transmit queues. An + optional third interrupt cell for Wake-on-LAN can be specified - local-mac-address: Ethernet MAC address (48 bits) of this adapter - phy-mode: Should be a string describing the PHY interface to the Ethernet switch/PHY, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt index 72efaaf764f7..0369e25aabd2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -TI SoC Davinci MDIO Controller Device Tree Bindings +TI SoC Davinci/Keystone2 MDIO Controller Device Tree Bindings --------------------------------------------------- Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci_mdio" +- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci_mdio" or "ti,keystone_mdio" - reg : physical base address and size of the davinci mdio registers map - bus_freq : Mdio Bus frequency @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ file. Examples: mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 { - compatible = "ti,cpsw"; + compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio"; reg = <0x4A101000 0x1000>; bus_freq = <1000000>; }; @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Examples: (or) mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 { - compatible = "ti,cpsw"; + compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio"; ti,hwmods = "davinci_mdio"; bus_freq = <1000000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt index 6bc84adb10c0..8a2c7b55ec16 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt @@ -12,7 +12,14 @@ Optional properties: only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available. Missing the property will have the duration be 1 millisecond. Numbers greater than 1000 are invalid and 1 millisecond will be used instead. -- phy-supply: regulator that powers the Ethernet PHY. +- phy-supply : regulator that powers the Ethernet PHY. +- phy-handle : phandle to the PHY device connected to this device. +- fixed-link : Assume a fixed link. See fixed-link.txt in the same directory. + Use instead of phy-handle. + +Optional subnodes: +- mdio : specifies the mdio bus in the FEC, used as a container for phy nodes + according to phy.txt in the same directory Example: @@ -25,3 +32,23 @@ ethernet@83fec000 { local-mac-address = [00 04 9F 01 1B B9]; phy-supply = <®_fec_supply>; }; + +Example with phy specified: + +ethernet@83fec000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx51-fec", "fsl,imx27-fec"; + reg = <0x83fec000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <87>; + phy-mode = "mii"; + phy-reset-gpios = <&gpio2 14 0>; /* GPIO2_14 */ + local-mac-address = [00 04 9F 01 1B B9]; + phy-supply = <®_fec_supply>; + phy-handle = <ðphy>; + mdio { + ethphy: ethernet-phy@6 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22"; + reg = <6>; + max-speed = <100>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0071883c08d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +*CC2520 IEEE 802.15.4 Compatible Radio* + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "ti,cc2520" + - spi-max-frequency: maximal bus speed (8000000), should be set to 4000000 depends + sync or async operation mode + - reg: the chipselect index + - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller. + - pinctrl-names: must contain a "default" entry. + - fifo-gpio: GPIO spec for the FIFO pin + - fifop-gpio: GPIO spec for the FIFOP pin + - sfd-gpio: GPIO spec for the SFD pin + - cca-gpio: GPIO spec for the CCA pin + - vreg-gpio: GPIO spec for the VREG pin + - reset-gpio: GPIO spec for the RESET pin +Example: + cc2520@0 { + compatible = "ti,cc2520"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <4000000>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&cc2520_cape_pins>; + fifo-gpio = <&gpio1 18 0>; + fifop-gpio = <&gpio1 19 0>; + sfd-gpio = <&gpio1 13 0>; + cca-gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>; + vreg-gpio = <&gpio0 31 0>; + reset-gpio = <&gpio1 12 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aa4f4230bfd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +* Marvell Armada 375 Ethernet Controller (PPv2) + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-375-pp2" +- reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device. + Must contain the following register sets: + - common controller registers + - LMS registers + In addition, at least one port register set is required. +- clocks: a pointer to the reference clocks for this device, consequently: + - main controller clock + - GOP clock +- clock-names: names of used clocks, must be "pp_clk" and "gop_clk". + +The ethernet ports are represented by subnodes. At least one port is +required. + +Required properties (port): + +- interrupts: interrupt for the port +- port-id: should be '0' or '1' for ethernet ports, and '2' for the + loopback port +- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory + +Optional properties (port): + +- marvell,loopback: port is loopback mode +- phy: a phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg + property, a single integer). Note: if this property isn't present, + then fixed link is assumed, and the 'fixed-link' property is + mandatory. + +Example: + +ethernet@f0000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-375-pp2"; + reg = <0xf0000 0xa000>, + <0xc0000 0x3060>, + <0xc4000 0x100>, + <0xc5000 0x100>; + clocks = <&gateclk 3>, <&gateclk 19>; + clock-names = "pp_clk", "gop_clk"; + status = "okay"; + + eth0: eth0@c4000 { + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + port-id = <0>; + status = "okay"; + phy = <&phy0>; + phy-mode = "gmii"; + }; + + eth1: eth1@c5000 { + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + port-id = <1>; + status = "okay"; + phy = <&phy3>; + phy-mode = "gmii"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b58ae480344 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCB NFC Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb_i2c". +- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. +- reg: address on the bus +- interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller +- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected +- reset-gpios: Output GPIO pin used to reset the ST21NFCB + +Optional SoC Specific Properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on I2C2): + +&i2c2 { + + status = "okay"; + + st21nfcb: st21nfcb@8 { + + compatible = "st,st21nfcb_i2c"; + + reg = <0x08>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt index e7106b50dbdc..34d4db1a4e25 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,ether-r8a7779" if the device is a part of R8A7779 SoC. "renesas,ether-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,ether-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC. + "renesas,ether-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. "renesas,ether-r7s72100" if the device is a part of R7S72100 SoC. - reg: offset and length of (1) the E-DMAC/feLic register block (required), (2) the TSU register block (optional). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index a2acd2b26baf..9b03c57563a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ Required properties: - snps,force_sf_dma_mode Force DMA to use the Store and Forward mode for both tx and rx. This flag is ignored if force_thresh_dma_mode is set. +- snps,multicast-filter-bins: Number of multicast filter hash bins + supported by this device instance +- snps,perfect-filter-entries: Number of perfect filter entries supported + by this device instance Optional properties: - resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any @@ -47,6 +51,8 @@ Examples: mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ max-frame-size = <3800>; phy-mode = "gmii"; + snps,multicast-filter-bins = <256>; + snps,perfect-filter-entries = <128>; clocks = <&clock>; clock-names = "stmmaceth">; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5dbf169cd81c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Broadcom BCM43xx Fullmac wireless SDIO devices + +This node provides properties for controlling the Broadcom wireless device. The +node is expected to be specified as a child node to the SDIO controller that +connects the device to the system. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : Should be "brcm,bcm4329-fmac". + +Optional properties: + - brcm,drive-strength : drive strength used for SDIO pins on device in mA + (default = 6). + - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller to which the + device interrupts are connected. + - interrupts : specifies attributes for the out-of-band interrupt (host-wake). + When not specified the device will use in-band SDIO interrupts. + - interrupt-names : name of the out-of-band interrupt, which must be set + to "host-wake". + +Example: + +mmc3: mmc@01c12000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc3_pins_a>; + vmmc-supply = <®_vmmc3>; + bus-width = <4>; + non-removable; + status = "okay"; + + brcmf: bcrmf@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,bcm4329-fmac"; + interrupt-parent = <&pio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* PH10 / EINT10 */ + interrupt-names = "host-wake"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133htn01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133htn01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..302226b5bb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133htn01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +AU Optronics Corporation 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) color TFT-LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "auo,b133htn01" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b47f9d87bc19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Foxlink Group 5" WVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n116bge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n116bge.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..081bb939ed31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n116bge.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Innolux Corporation 11.6" WXGA (1366x768) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,n116bge" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n156bge-l21.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n156bge-l21.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7825844aafdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n156bge-l21.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +InnoLux 15.6" WXGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,n156bge-l21" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt index c300391e8d3e..0823362548dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt @@ -14,9 +14,6 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-names: Must include the following entries: "intr": The Tegra interrupt that is asserted for controller interrupts "msi": The Tegra interrupt that is asserted when an MSI is received -- pex-clk-supply: Supply voltage for internal reference clock -- vdd-supply: Power supply for controller (1.05V) -- avdd-supply: Power supply for controller (1.05V) (not required for Tegra20) - bus-range: Range of bus numbers associated with this controller - #address-cells: Address representation for root ports (must be 3) - cell 0 specifies the bus and device numbers of the root port: @@ -60,6 +57,33 @@ Required properties: - afi - pcie_x +Power supplies for Tegra20: +- avdd-pex-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V. +- vdd-pex-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V. +- avdd-pex-pll-supply: Power supply for dedicated (internal) PCIe PLL. Must + supply 1.05 V. +- avdd-plle-supply: Power supply for PLLE, which is shared with SATA. Must + supply 1.05 V. +- vddio-pex-clk-supply: Power supply for PCIe clock. Must supply 3.3 V. + +Power supplies for Tegra30: +- Required: + - avdd-pex-pll-supply: Power supply for dedicated (internal) PCIe PLL. Must + supply 1.05 V. + - avdd-plle-supply: Power supply for PLLE, which is shared with SATA. Must + supply 1.05 V. + - vddio-pex-ctl-supply: Power supply for PCIe control I/O partition. Must + supply 1.8 V. + - hvdd-pex-supply: High-voltage supply for PCIe I/O and PCIe output clocks. + Must supply 3.3 V. +- Optional: + - If lanes 0 to 3 are used: + - avdd-pexa-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V. + - vdd-pexa-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V. + - If lanes 4 or 5 are used: + - avdd-pexb-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V. + - vdd-pexb-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V. + Root ports are defined as subnodes of the PCIe controller node. Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..49ea76da7718 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +SPEAr13XX PCIe DT detail: +================================ + +SPEAr13XX uses synopsis designware PCIe controller and ST MiPHY as phy +controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "st,spear1340-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie". +- phys : phandle to phy node associated with pcie controller +- phy-names : must be "pcie-phy" +- All other definitions as per generic PCI bindings + + Optional properties: +- st,pcie-is-gen1 indicates that forced gen1 initialization is needed. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88f8c23384c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Berlin SATA PHY +--------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy" +- address-cells: should be 1 +- size-cells: should be 0 +- phy-cells: from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1 +- reg: address and length of the register +- clocks: reference to the clock entry + +Sub-nodes: +Each PHY should be represented as a sub-node. + +Sub-nodes required properties: +- reg: the PHY number + +Example: + sata_phy: phy@f7e900a0 { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy"; + reg = <0xf7e900a0 0x200>; + clocks = <&chip CLKID_SATA>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + + sata-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + }; + + sata-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/hix5hd2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/hix5hd2-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..296168b74d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/hix5hd2-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Hisilicon hix5hd2 SATA PHY +----------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hix5hd2-sata-phy" +- reg: offset and length of the PHY registers +- #phy-cells: must be 0 +Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties + +Optional Properties: +- hisilicon,peripheral-syscon: phandle of syscon used to control peripheral. +- hisilicon,power-reg: offset and bit number within peripheral-syscon, + register of controlling sata power supply. + +Example: + sata_phy: phy@f9900000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hix5hd2-sata-phy"; + reg = <0xf9900000 0x10000>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + hisilicon,peripheral-syscon = <&peripheral_ctrl>; + hisilicon,power-reg = <0x8 10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt index 8ae844fc0c60..2aa1840200ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt @@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ Required Properties: provider can use the values in cells to find the appropriate PHY. +Optional Properties: +phy-supply: Phandle to a regulator that provides power to the PHY. This + regulator will be managed during the PHY power on/off sequence. + For example: phys: phy { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..42c880886cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +STMicroelectronics STi MIPHY365x PHY binding +============================================ + +This binding describes a miphy device that is used to control PHY hardware +for SATA and PCIe. + +Required properties (controller (parent) node): +- compatible : Should be "st,miphy365x-phy" +- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the system configuration register group + which contain the SATA, PCIe mode setting bits + +Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller + provides. Address range information including the usual + 'reg' and 'reg-names' properties are used inside these + nodes to describe the controller's topology. These nodes + are translated by the driver's .xlate() function. + +Required properties (port (child) node): +- #phy-cells : Should be 1 (See second example) + Cell after port phandle is device type from: + - MIPHY_TYPE_SATA + - MIPHY_TYPE_PCI +- reg : Address and length of register sets for each device in + "reg-names" +- reg-names : The names of the register addresses corresponding to the + registers filled in "reg": + - sata: For SATA devices + - pcie: For PCIe devices + - syscfg: To specify the syscfg based config register + +Optional properties (port (child) node): +- st,sata-gen : Generation of locally attached SATA IP. Expected values + are {1,2,3). If not supplied generation 1 hardware will + be expected +- st,pcie-tx-pol-inv : Bool property to invert the polarity PCIe Tx (Txn/Txp) +- st,sata-tx-pol-inv : Bool property to invert the polarity SATA Tx (Txn/Txp) + +Example: + + miphy365x_phy: miphy365x@fe382000 { + compatible = "st,miphy365x-phy"; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + phy_port0: port@fe382000 { + reg = <0xfe382000 0x100>, <0xfe394000 0x100>, <0x824 0x4>; + reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + st,sata-gen = <3>; + }; + + phy_port1: port@fe38a000 { + reg = <0xfe38a000 0x100>, <0xfe804000 0x100>, <0x828 0x4>;; + reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + st,pcie-tx-pol-inv; + }; + }; + +Specifying phy control of devices +================================= + +Device nodes should specify the configuration required in their "phys" +property, containing a phandle to the phy port node and a device type. + +Example: + +#include <dt-bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.h> + + sata0: sata@fe380000 { + ... + phys = <&phy_port0 MIPHY_TYPE_SATA>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-apq8064-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-apq8064-sata-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..952f6c96bab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-apq8064-sata-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Qualcomm APQ8064 SATA PHY Controller +------------------------------------ + +SATA PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip SATA Physical layer controllers. +Each SATA PHY controller should have its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: compatible list, contains "qcom,apq8064-sata-phy". +- reg: offset and length of the SATA PHY register set; +- #phy-cells: must be zero +- clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in + clock-names. +- clock-names: must be "cfg" for phy config clock. + +Example: + sata_phy: sata-phy@1b400000 { + compatible = "qcom,apq8064-sata-phy"; + reg = <0x1b400000 0x200>; + + clocks = <&gcc SATA_PHY_CFG_CLK>; + clock-names = "cfg"; + + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-ipq806x-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-ipq806x-sata-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..76bfbd056202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-ipq806x-sata-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Qualcomm IPQ806x SATA PHY Controller +------------------------------------ + +SATA PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip SATA Physical layer controllers. +Each SATA PHY controller should have its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: compatible list, contains "qcom,ipq806x-sata-phy" +- reg: offset and length of the SATA PHY register set; +- #phy-cells: must be zero +- clocks: must be exactly one entry +- clock-names: must be "cfg" + +Example: + sata_phy: sata-phy@1b400000 { + compatible = "qcom,ipq806x-sata-phy"; + reg = <0x1b400000 0x200>; + + clocks = <&gcc SATA_PHY_CFG_CLK>; + clock-names = "cfg"; + + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index 2049261d8c31..7a6feea2a48b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series USB PHY Required properties: - compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles: + - "samsung,exynos3250-usb2-phy" - "samsung,exynos4210-usb2-phy" - "samsung,exynos4x12-usb2-phy" - "samsung,exynos5250-usb2-phy" + - "samsung,s5pv210-usb2-phy" - reg : a list of registers used by phy driver - first and obligatory is the location of phy modules registers - samsung,sysreg-phandle - handle to syscon used to control the system registers @@ -46,6 +48,7 @@ and Exynos 4212) it is as follows: 1 - USB host ("host"), 2 - HSIC0 ("hsic0"), 3 - HSIC1 ("hsic1"), +Exynos3250 has only USB device phy available as phy 0. Exynos 4210 and Exynos 4212 use mode switching and require that mode switch register is supplied. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a6bfdcc09b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +ST SPEAr miphy DT details +========================= + +ST Microelectronics SPEAr miphy is a phy controller supporting PCIe and SATA. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "st,spear1310-miphy" or "st,spear1340-miphy" +- reg : offset and length of the PHY register set. +- misc: phandle for the syscon node to access misc registers +- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1. + - cell[1]: 0 if phy used for SATA, 1 for PCIe. + +Optional properties: +- phy-id: Instance id of the phy. Only required when there are multiple phys + present on a implementation. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt index 9ce458f32945..305e3df3d9b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt @@ -9,15 +9,17 @@ Required properties: e.g. USB2_PHY on OMAP5. "ti,control-phy-pipe3" - if it has DPLL and individual Rx & Tx power control e.g. USB3 PHY and SATA PHY on OMAP5. + "ti,control-phy-pcie" - for pcie to support external clock for pcie and to + set PCS delay value. + e.g. PCIE PHY in DRA7x "ti,control-phy-usb2-dra7" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on DRA7 platform. "ti,control-phy-usb2-am437" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on AM437 platform. - - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains - the address of "otghs_control" for control-phy-otghs or "power" register - for other types. - - reg-names: should be "otghs_control" control-phy-otghs and "power" for - other types. + - reg : register ranges as listed in the reg-names property + - reg-names: "otghs_control" for control-phy-otghs + "power", "pcie_pcs" and "control_sma" for control-phy-pcie + "power" for all other types omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 { compatible = "ti,control-phy-otghs"; @@ -56,8 +58,8 @@ usb2phy@4a0ad080 { TI PIPE3 PHY Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "ti,phy-usb3" or "ti,phy-pipe3-sata". - "ti,omap-usb3" is deprecated. + - compatible: Should be "ti,phy-usb3", "ti,phy-pipe3-sata" or + "ti,phy-pipe3-pcie. "ti,omap-usb3" is deprecated. - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers filled in "reg". @@ -69,10 +71,17 @@ Required properties: * "wkupclk" - wakeup clock. * "sysclk" - system clock. * "refclk" - reference clock. + * "dpll_ref" - external dpll ref clk + * "dpll_ref_m2" - external dpll ref clk + * "phy-div" - divider for apll + * "div-clk" - apll clock Optional properties: - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on the PHY. + - id: If there are multiple instance of the same type, in order to + differentiate between each instance "id" can be used (e.g., multi-lane PCIe + PHY). If "id" is not provided, it is set to default value of '1'. This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index d8d065608ec0..93ce12eb422a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-r-pinctrl" - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the pin controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f9c0bd66457 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +Device tree binding for NVIDIA Tegra XUSB pad controller +======================================================== + +The Tegra XUSB pad controller manages a set of lanes, each of which can be +assigned to one out of a set of different pads. Some of these pads have an +associated PHY that must be powered up before the pad can be used. + +This document defines the device-specific binding for the XUSB pad controller. + +Refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for generic information about +pin controller device tree bindings and ../phy/phy-bindings.txt for details on +how to describe and reference PHYs in device trees. + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - padctl +- #phy-cells: Should be 1. The specifier is the index of the PHY to reference. + See <dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-xusb.h> for the list of valid values. + +Lane muxing: +------------ + +Child nodes contain the pinmux configurations following the conventions from +the pinctrl-bindings.txt document. Typically a single, static configuration is +given and applied at boot time. + +Each subnode describes groups of lanes along with parameters and pads that +they should be assigned to. The name of these subnodes is not important. All +subnodes should be parsed solely based on their content. + +Each subnode only applies the parameters that are explicitly listed. In other +words, if a subnode that lists a function but no pin configuration parameters +implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. Similarly, a +subnode that describes only an IDDQ parameter implies no information about +what function the pins are assigned to. For this reason even seemingly boolean +values are actually tristates in this binding: unspecified, off or on. +Unspecified is represented as an absent property, and off/on are represented +as integer values 0 and 1. + +Required properties: +- nvidia,lanes: An array of strings. Each string is the name of a lane. + +Optional properties: +- nvidia,function: A string that is the name of the function (pad) that the + pin or group should be assigned to. Valid values for function names are + listed below. +- nvidia,iddq: Enables IDDQ mode of the lane. (0: no, 1: yes) + +Note that not all of these properties are valid for all lanes. Lanes can be +divided into three groups: + + - otg-0, otg-1, otg-2: + + Valid functions for this group are: "snps", "xusb", "uart", "rsvd". + + The nvidia,iddq property does not apply to this group. + + - ulpi-0, hsic-0, hsic-1: + + Valid functions for this group are: "snps", "xusb". + + The nvidia,iddq property does not apply to this group. + + - pcie-0, pcie-1, pcie-2, pcie-3, pcie-4, sata-0: + + Valid functions for this group are: "pcie", "usb3", "sata", "rsvd". + + +Example: +======== + +SoC file extract: +----------------- + + padctl@0,7009f000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl"; + reg = <0x0 0x7009f000 0x0 0x1000>; + resets = <&tegra_car 142>; + reset-names = "padctl"; + + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + +Board file extract: +------------------- + + pcie-controller@0,01003000 { + ... + + phys = <&padctl 0>; + phy-names = "pcie"; + + ... + }; + + ... + + padctl: padctl@0,7009f000 { + pinctrl-0 = <&padctl_default>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + + padctl_default: pinmux { + usb3 { + nvidia,lanes = "pcie-0", "pcie-1"; + nvidia,function = "usb3"; + nvidia,iddq = <0>; + }; + + pcie { + nvidia,lanes = "pcie-2", "pcie-3", + "pcie-4"; + nvidia,function = "pcie"; + nvidia,iddq = <0>; + }; + + sata { + nvidia,lanes = "sata-0"; + nvidia,function = "sata"; + nvidia,iddq = <0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt index 7181f925acaa..0211c6d8a522 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Valid values for pins are: gpio0-gpio89 Valid values for function are: - cam_mclk, codec_mic_i2s, codec_spkr_i2s, gsbi1, gsbi2, gsbi3, gsbi4, + cam_mclk, codec_mic_i2s, codec_spkr_i2s, gpio, gsbi1, gsbi2, gsbi3, gsbi4, gsbi4_cam_i2c, gsbi5, gsbi5_spi_cs1, gsbi5_spi_cs2, gsbi5_spi_cs3, gsbi6, gsbi6_spi_cs1, gsbi6_spi_cs2, gsbi6_spi_cs3, gsbi7, gsbi7_spi_cs1, gsbi7_spi_cs2, gsbi7_spi_cs3, gsbi_cam_i2c, hdmi, mi2s, riva_bt, riva_fm, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt index e0d35a40981b..e33e4dcdce79 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Valid values for qcom,pins are: Valid values for function are: - mdio, mi2s, pdm, ssbi, spmi, audio_pcm, gsbi1, gsbi2, gsbi4, gsbi5, + mdio, mi2s, pdm, ssbi, spmi, audio_pcm, gpio, gsbi1, gsbi2, gsbi4, gsbi5, gsbi5_spi_cs1, gsbi5_spi_cs2, gsbi5_spi_cs3, gsbi6, gsbi7, nss_spi, sdc1, spdif, nand, tsif1, tsif2, usb_fs_n, usb_fs, usb2_hsic, rgmii2, sata, pcie1_rst, pcie1_prsnt, pcie1_pwren_n, pcie1_pwren, pcie1_pwrflt, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..93b7de91b9f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +Qualcomm MSM8960 TLMM block + +This binding describes the Top Level Mode Multiplexer block found in the +MSM8960 platform. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "qcom,msm8960-pinctrl" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: the base address and size of the TLMM register space. + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: should specify the TLMM summary IRQ. + +- interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as an interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + +- gpio-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as a gpio controller + +- #gpio-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + + +PIN CONFIGURATION NODES: + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + +- pins: + Usage: required + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in + this subnode. Valid pins are: + gpio0-gpio151, + sdc1_clk, + sdc1_cmd, + sdc1_data + sdc3_clk, + sdc3_cmd, + sdc3_data + +- function: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the + specified pins. Functions are only valid for gpio pins. + Valid values are: + audio_pcm, bt, cam_mclk0, cam_mclk1, cam_mclk2, + codec_mic_i2s, codec_spkr_i2s, ext_gps, fm, gps_blanking, + gps_pps_in, gps_pps_out, gp_clk_0a, gp_clk_0b, gp_clk_1a, + gp_clk_1b, gp_clk_2a, gp_clk_2b, gp_mn, gp_pdm_0a, + gp_pdm_0b, gp_pdm_1a, gp_pdm_1b, gp_pdm_2a, gp_pdm_2b, gpio, + gsbi1, gsbi1_spi_cs1_n, gsbi1_spi_cs2a_n, gsbi1_spi_cs2b_n, + gsbi1_spi_cs3_n, gsbi2, gsbi2_spi_cs1_n, gsbi2_spi_cs2_n, + gsbi2_spi_cs3_n, gsbi3, gsbi4, gsbi4_3d_cam_i2c_l, + gsbi4_3d_cam_i2c_r, gsbi5, gsbi5_3d_cam_i2c_l, + gsbi5_3d_cam_i2c_r, gsbi6, gsbi7, gsbi8, gsbi9, gsbi10, + gsbi11, gsbi11_spi_cs1a_n, gsbi11_spi_cs1b_n, + gsbi11_spi_cs2a_n, gsbi11_spi_cs2b_n, gsbi11_spi_cs3_n, + gsbi12, hdmi_cec, hdmi_ddc_clock, hdmi_ddc_data, + hdmi_hot_plug_detect, hsic, mdp_vsync, mi2s, mic_i2s, + pmb_clk, pmb_ext_ctrl, ps_hold, rpm_wdog, sdc2, sdc4, sdc5, + slimbus1, slimbus2, spkr_i2s, ssbi1, ssbi2, ssbi_ext_gps, + ssbi_pmic2, ssbi_qpa1, ssbi_ts, tsif1, tsif2, ts_eoc, + usb_fs1, usb_fs1_oe, usb_fs1_oe_n, usb_fs2, usb_fs2_oe, + usb_fs2_oe_n, vfe_camif_timer1_a, vfe_camif_timer1_b, + vfe_camif_timer2, vfe_camif_timer3_a, vfe_camif_timer3_b, + vfe_camif_timer4_a, vfe_camif_timer4_b, vfe_camif_timer4_c, + vfe_camif_timer5_a, vfe_camif_timer5_b, vfe_camif_timer6_a, + vfe_camif_timer6_b, vfe_camif_timer6_c, vfe_camif_timer7_a, + vfe_camif_timer7_b, vfe_camif_timer7_c, wlan + +- bias-disable: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as no pull. + +- bias-pull-down: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull down. + +- bias-pull-up: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull up. + +- output-high: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + high. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- output-low: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + low. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- drive-strength: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. + Valid values are: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 + +Example: + + msmgpio: pinctrl@800000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm8960-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x800000 0x4000>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <0 16 0x4>; + + gsbi8_uart: gsbi8-uart { + mux { + pins = "gpio34", "gpio35"; + function = "gsbi8"; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio34"; + drive-strength = <4>; + bias-disable; + }; + + rx { + pins = "gpio35"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt index 73262b575dfc..d2ea80dc43eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Valid values for function are: cam_mckl0, cam_mclk1, cam_mclk2, cam_mclk3, mdp_vsync, hdmi_cec, hdmi_ddc, hdmi_hpd, edp_hpd, gp_pdm0, gp_pdm1, gp_pdm2, gp_pdm3, gp0_clk, gp1_clk, gp_mn, tsif1, tsif2, hsic, grfc, audio_ref_clk, qua_mi2s, pri_mi2s, spkr_mi2s, - ter_mi2s, sec_mi2s, bt, fm, wlan, slimbus + ter_mi2s, sec_mi2s, bt, fm, wlan, slimbus, gpio (Note that this is not yet the complete list of functions) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index 35d2e1f186f0..daef6fad6a5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh7372": for SH7372 (SH-Mobile AP4) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt index cefef741a40b..4658b69d4f4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ defined as gpio sub-nodes of the pinmux controller. Required properties for iomux controller: - compatible: one of "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl" "rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl" + "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl" - rockchip,grf: phandle referencing a syscon providing the "general register files" @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ Deprecated properties for iomux controller: Use rockchip,grf and rockchip,pmu described above instead. Required properties for gpio sub nodes: - - compatible: "rockchip,gpio-bank", "rockchip,rk3188-gpio-bank0" + - compatible: "rockchip,gpio-bank" - reg: register of the gpio bank (different than the iomux registerset) - interrupts: base interrupt of the gpio bank in the interrupt controller - clocks: clock that drives this bank @@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ Required properties for gpio sub nodes: bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt Deprecated properties for gpio sub nodes: + - compatible: "rockchip,rk3188-gpio-bank0" - reg: second element: separate pull register for rk3188 bank0, use rockchip,pmu described above instead diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt index 2b32783ba821..e82aaf492517 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt @@ -44,7 +44,11 @@ Required Properties: - Pin mux/config groups as child nodes: The pin mux (selecting pin function mode) and pin config (pull up/down, driver strength) settings are represented as child nodes of the pin-controller node. There should be atleast one - child node and there is no limit on the count of these child nodes. + child node and there is no limit on the count of these child nodes. It is + also possible for a child node to consist of several further child nodes + to allow grouping multiple pinctrl groups into one. The format of second + level child nodes is exactly the same as for first level ones and is + described below. The child node should contain a list of pin(s) on which a particular pin function selection or pin configuration (or both) have to applied. This @@ -71,6 +75,7 @@ Required Properties: "samsung,pins" property of the child node. The following pin configuration properties are supported. + - samsung,pin-val: Initial value of pin output buffer. - samsung,pin-pud: Pull up/down configuration. - samsung,pin-drv: Drive strength configuration. - samsung,pin-pud-pdn: Pull up/down configuration in power down mode. @@ -249,6 +254,23 @@ Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups. samsung,pin-pud = <3>; samsung,pin-drv = <0>; }; + + sd4_bus8: sd4-bus-width8 { + part-1 { + samsung,pins = "gpk0-3", "gpk0-4", + "gpk0-5", "gpk0-6"; + samsung,pin-function = <3>; + samsung,pin-pud = <3>; + samsung,pin-drv = <3>; + }; + part-2 { + samsung,pins = "gpk1-3", "gpk1-4", + "gpk1-5", "gpk1-6"; + samsung,pin-function = <4>; + samsung,pin-pud = <4>; + samsung,pin-drv = <3>; + }; + }; }; Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rx51-battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rx51-battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..90438453db58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rx51-battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Binding for Nokia N900 battery + +The Nokia N900 battery status can be read via the TWL4030's A/D converter. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "nokia,n900-battery" +- io-channels: Should contain IIO channel specifiers + for each element in io-channel-names. +- io-channel-names: Should contain the following values: + * "temp" - The ADC channel for temperature reading + * "bsi" - The ADC channel for battery size identification + * "vbat" - The ADC channel to measure the battery voltage + +Example from Nokia N900: + +battery: n900-battery { + compatible = "nokia,n900-battery"; + io-channels = <&twl4030_madc 0>, + <&twl4030_madc 4>, + <&twl4030_madc 12>; + io-channel-names = "temp", + "bsi", + "vbat"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt index 700dec4774fa..cff38bdbc0e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt @@ -84,3 +84,19 @@ Example: compatible = "fsl,bsc9132qds-fpga", "fsl,fpga-qixis-i2c"; reg = <0x66>; }; + +* Freescale on-board CPLD + +Some Freescale boards like T1040RDB have an on board CPLD connected. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be a board-specific string like "fsl,<board>-cpld" + Example: + "fsl,t1040rdb-cpld", "fsl,t1042rdb-cpld", "fsl,t1042rdb_pi-cpld" +- reg: should describe CPLD registers + +Example: + cpld@3,0 { + compatible = "fsl,t1040rdb-cpld"; + reg = <3 0 0x300>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d47d15a6a298 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Rockchip PWM controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "rockchip,<name>-pwm" + "rockchip,rk2928-pwm": found on RK29XX,RK3066 and RK3188 SoCs + "rockchip,rk3288-pwm": found on RK3288 SoC + "rockchip,vop-pwm": found integrated in VOP on RK3288 SoC + - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers + - clocks: phandle and clock specifier of the PWM reference clock + - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a + description of the cell format. + +Example: + + pwm0: pwm@20030000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk2928-pwm"; + reg = <0x20030000 0x10>; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_PWM01>; + #pwm-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-st.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..84d2fb807d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-st.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +STMicroelectronics PWM driver bindings +-------------------------------------- + +Required parameters: +- compatible : "st,pwm" +- #pwm-cells : Number of cells used to specify a PWM. First cell + specifies the per-chip index of the PWM to use and the + second cell is the period in nanoseconds - fixed to 2 + for STiH41x. +- reg : Physical base address and length of the controller's + registers. +- pinctrl-names: Set to "default". +- pinctrl-0: List of phandles pointing to pin configuration nodes + for PWM module. + For Pinctrl properties, please refer to [1]. +- clock-names: Set to "pwm". +- clocks: phandle of the clock used by the PWM module. + For Clk properties, please refer to [2]. + +Optional properties: +- st,pwm-num-chan: Number of available channels. If not passed, the driver + will consider single channel by default. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Example: + +pwm1: pwm@fe510000 { + compatible = "st,pwm"; + reg = <0xfe510000 0x68>; + #pwm-cells = <2>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pwm1_chan0_default + &pinctrl_pwm1_chan1_default + &pinctrl_pwm1_chan2_default + &pinctrl_pwm1_chan3_default>; + clocks = <&clk_sysin>; + clock-names = "pwm"; + st,pwm-num-chan = <4>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt index bef1fbb647ca..865614b34d6f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt @@ -1,13 +1,16 @@ -ACT8865 regulator +ACT88xx regulators ------------------- Required properties: -- compatible: "active-semi,act8865" +- compatible: "active-semi,act8846" or "active-semi,act8865" - reg: I2C slave address Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator. The valid names for regulators are: + - for act8846: + REG1, REG2, REG3, REG4, REG5, REG6, REG7, REG8, REG9, REG10, REG11, REG12 + - for act8865: DCDC_REG1, DCDC_REG2, DCDC_REG3, LDO_REG1, LDO_REG2, LDO_REG3, LDO_REG4. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt index 42e6b6bc48ff..725393c8a7f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: ti,twl6037-pmic ti,tps65913-pmic ti,tps65914-pmic + ti,tps65917-pmic and also the generic series names ti,palmas-pmic - interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller which is palmas. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt index d290988ed975..20191315e444 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ as per the datasheet of s5m8767. - LDOn - valid values for n are 1 to 28 - - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28 + - Example: LDO1, LDO2, LDO28 - BUCKn - valid values for n are 1 to 9. - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fccc1d24af58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +TPS65218 family of regulators + +Required properties: +For tps65218 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc1" for DCDC1 + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc2" for DCDC2 + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc3" for DCDC3 + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc4" for DCDC4 + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc5" for DCDC5 + - "ti,tps65218-dcdc6" for DCDC6 + - "ti,tps65218-ldo1" for LDO1 + +Optional properties: +- Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Example: + + xyz: regulator@0 { + compatible = "ti,tps65218-dcdc1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a3eb154c32ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Binding for Cadence UART Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "cdns,uart-r1p8", or "xlnx,xuartps" +- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts. +- clocks: Must contain phandles to the UART clocks + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Tuple to identify input clocks, must contain "uart_clk" and "pclk" + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + + +Example: + uart@e0000000 { + compatible = "cdns,uart-r1p8"; + clocks = <&clkc 23>, <&clkc 40>; + clock-names = "uart_clk", "pclk"; + reg = <0xE0000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 27 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt index 3ca01336b837..8adbab268ca3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt Optional properties: -- efm32,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. +- energymicro,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. Allowed range : [0 .. 5] Default: 0 @@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ uart@0x4000c400 { compatible = "energymicro,efm32-uart"; reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; interrupts = <15>; - efm32,location = <0>; + energymicro,location = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt index a1d1205d8185..c95005efbcb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ * Freescale low power universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (lpuart) Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-lpuart" +- compatible : + - "fsl,vf610-lpuart" for lpuart compatible with the one integrated + on Vybrid vf610 SoC with 8-bit register organization + - "fsl,ls1021a-lpuart" for lpuart compatible with the one integrated + on LS1021A SoC with 32-bit big-endian register organization - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt - clocks : phandle + clock specifier pairs, one for each entry in clock-names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt index 2c8a17cf5cb5..e85f37ec33f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt @@ -1,14 +1,58 @@ * Samsung's UART Controller -The Samsung's UART controller is used for interfacing SoC with serial communicaion -devices. +The Samsung's UART controller is used for interfacing SoC with serial +communicaion devices. Required properties: -- compatible: should be - - "samsung,exynos4210-uart", for UART's compatible with Exynos4210 uart ports. +- compatible: should be one of following: + - "samsung,exynos4210-uart" - Exynos4210 SoC, + - "samsung,s3c2410-uart" - compatible with ports present on S3C2410 SoC, + - "samsung,s3c2412-uart" - compatible with ports present on S3C2412 SoC, + - "samsung,s3c2440-uart" - compatible with ports present on S3C2440 SoC, + - "samsung,s3c6400-uart" - compatible with ports present on S3C6400 SoC, + - "samsung,s5pv210-uart" - compatible with ports present on S5PV210 SoC. - reg: base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. -- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format depends - on the interrupt controller parent. +- interrupts: a single interrupt signal to SoC interrupt controller, + according to interrupt bindings documentation [1]. + +- clock-names: input names of clocks used by the controller: + - "uart" - controller bus clock, + - "clk_uart_baudN" - Nth baud base clock input (N = 0, 1, ...), + according to SoC User's Manual (only N = 0 is allowedfor SoCs without + internal baud clock mux). +- clocks: phandles and specifiers for all clocks specified in "clock-names" + property, in the same order, according to clock bindings documentation [2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Optional properties: +- samsung,uart-fifosize: The fifo size supported by the UART channel + +Note: Each Samsung UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the +"aliases" node, according to serialN format, where N is the port number +(non-negative decimal integer) as specified by User's Manual of respective +SoC. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &uart0; + serial1 = &uart1; + serial2 = &uart2; + }; + +Example: + uart1: serial@7f005400 { + compatible = "samsung,s3c6400-uart"; + reg = <0x7f005400 0x100>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <6>; + clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud2", + "clk_uart_baud3"; + clocks = <&clocks PCLK_UART1>, <&clocks PCLK_UART1>, + <&clocks SCLK_UART>; + samsung,uart-fifosize = <16>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt index f13f1c5be91c..7f76214f728a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt @@ -4,9 +4,18 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "snps,dw-apb-uart" - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. + +Clock handling: +The clock rate of the input clock needs to be supplied by one of - clock-frequency : the input clock frequency for the UART. +- clocks : phandle to the input clock + +The supplying peripheral clock can also be handled, needing a second property +- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "baudclk", "apb_pclk" Optional properties: +- resets : phandle to the parent reset controller. - reg-shift : quantity to shift the register offsets by. If this property is not present then the register offsets are not shifted. - reg-io-width : the size (in bytes) of the IO accesses that should be @@ -23,3 +32,26 @@ Example: reg-shift = <2>; reg-io-width = <4>; }; + +Example with one clock: + + uart@80230000 { + compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart"; + reg = <0x80230000 0x100>; + clocks = <&baudclk>; + interrupts = <10>; + reg-shift = <2>; + reg-io-width = <4>; + }; + +Example with two clocks: + + uart@80230000 { + compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart"; + reg = <0x80230000 0x100>; + clocks = <&baudclk>, <&apb_pclk>; + clock-names = "baudclk", "apb_pclk"; + interrupts = <10>; + reg-shift = <2>; + reg-io-width = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt index dc3914fe6ce8..ec3df3abba0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt @@ -10,10 +10,14 @@ Optional properties: - reset-gpio : a GPIO spec for the reset/power down pin. If specified, it will be deasserted at probe time. + - va-supply : a regulator spec, providing 5.0V + - vd-supply : a regulator spec, providing 3.3V Example: spdif: ak5386@0 { compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak5386"; reset-gpio = <&gpio0 23>; + va-supply = <&vdd_5v0_reg>; + vd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4265.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4265.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..380fff8e4e83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4265.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +CS4265 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "cirrus,cs4265" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C. The I2C address depends on + the state of the AD0 pin. If AD0 is high, the i2c address is 0x4f. + If it is low, the i2c address is 0x4e. + +Optional properties: + + - reset-gpios : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be + deasserted before communication to the codec starts. + +Examples: + +codec_ad0_high: cs4265@4f { /* AD0 Pin is high */ + compatible = "cirrus,cs4265"; + reg = <0x4f>; +}; + + +codec_ad0_low: cs4265@4e { /* AD0 Pin is low */ + compatible = "cirrus,cs4265"; + reg = <0x4e>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,asrc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,asrc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b93362a570be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,asrc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Freescale Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC) Controller + +The Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC) converts the sampling rate of a +signal associated with an input clock into a signal associated with a different +output clock. The driver currently works as a Front End of DPCM with other Back +Ends Audio controller such as ESAI, SSI and SAI. It has three pairs to support +three substreams within totally 10 channels. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : Contains "fsl,imx35-asrc" or "fsl,imx53-asrc". + + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. + + - interrupts : Contains the spdif interrupt. + + - dmas : Generic dma devicetree binding as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt. + + - dma-names : Contains "rxa", "rxb", "rxc", "txa", "txb" and "txc". + + - clocks : Contains an entry for each entry in clock-names. + + - clock-names : Contains the following entries + "mem" Peripheral access clock to access registers. + "ipg" Peripheral clock to driver module. + "asrck_<0-f>" Clock sources for input and output clock. + + - big-endian : If this property is absent, the little endian mode + will be in use as default. Otherwise, the big endian + mode will be in use for all the device registers. + + - fsl,asrc-rate : Defines a mutual sample rate used by DPCM Back Ends. + + - fsl,asrc-width : Defines a mutual sample width used by DPCM Back Ends. + +Example: + +asrc: asrc@02034000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx53-asrc"; + reg = <0x02034000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <0 50 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&clks 107>, <&clks 107>, <&clks 0>, + <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, + <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, + <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>, + <&clks 107>, <&clks 0>, <&clks 0>; + clock-names = "mem", "ipg", "asrck0", + "asrck_1", "asrck_2", "asrck_3", "asrck_4", + "asrck_5", "asrck_6", "asrck_7", "asrck_8", + "asrck_9", "asrck_a", "asrck_b", "asrck_c", + "asrck_d", "asrck_e", "asrck_f"; + dmas = <&sdma 17 23 1>, <&sdma 18 23 1>, <&sdma 19 23 1>, + <&sdma 20 23 1>, <&sdma 21 23 1>, <&sdma 22 23 1>; + dma-names = "rxa", "rxb", "rxc", + "txa", "txb", "txc"; + fsl,asrc-rate = <48000>; + fsl,asrc-width = <16>; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt index a5e63fa47dc5..c454e67f54bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This device supports I2C only. Required properties: -- compatible : "maxim,max98090". +- compatible : "maxim,max98090" or "maxim,max98091". - reg : The I2C address of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt index 8346cab046cd..aa697abf337e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Required properties: - rcar_sound,src : Should contain SRC feature. The number of SRC subnode should be same as HW. see below for detail. +- rcar_sound,dvc : Should contain DVC feature. + The number of DVC subnode should be same as HW. + see below for detail. - rcar_sound,dai : DAI contents. The number of DAI subnode should be same as HW. see below for detail. @@ -21,6 +24,7 @@ SSI subnode properties: - interrupts : Should contain SSI interrupt for PIO transfer - shared-pin : if shared clock pin - pio-transfer : use PIO transfer mode +- no-busif : BUSIF is not ussed when [mem -> SSI] via DMA case SRC subnode properties: no properties at this point @@ -39,6 +43,11 @@ rcar_sound: rcar_sound@0xffd90000 { <0 0xec540000 0 0x1000>, /* SSIU */ <0 0xec541000 0 0x1280>; /* SSI */ + rcar_sound,dvc { + dvc0: dvc@0 { }; + dvc1: dvc@1 { }; + }; + rcar_sound,src { src0: src@0 { }; src1: src@1 { }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6c55fcfe5e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Rockchip I2S controller + +The I2S bus (Inter-IC sound bus) is a serial link for digital +audio data transfer between devices in the system. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the followings + - "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3066 + - "rockchip,rk3188-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3188 + - "rockchip,rk3288-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3288 +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: should contain the I2S interrupt. +- #address-cells: should be 1. +- #size-cells: should be 0. +- dmas: DMA specifiers for tx and rx dma. See the DMA client binding, + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names: should include "tx" and "rx". +- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifer pairs, one for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: should contain followings: + - "i2s_hclk": clock for I2S BUS + - "i2s_clk" : clock for I2S controller + +Example for rk3288 I2S controller: + +i2s@ff890000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s"; + reg = <0xff890000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 85 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + dmas = <&pdma1 0>, <&pdma1 1>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + clock-names = "i2s_hclk", "i2s_clk"; + clocks = <&cru HCLK_I2S0>, <&cru SCLK_I2S0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroidx2-max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroidx2-max98090.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9148f72319e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroidx2-max98090.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Samsung Exynos Odroid X2/U3 audio complex with MAX98090 codec + +Required properties: + - compatible : "samsung,odroidx2-audio" - for Odroid X2 board, + "samsung,odroidu3-audio" - for Odroid U3 board + - samsung,model : the user-visible name of this sound complex + - samsung,i2s-controller : the phandle of the I2S controller + - samsung,audio-codec : the phandle of the MAX98090 audio codec + - samsung,audio-routing : a list of the connections between audio + components; each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the + connection's sink, the second being the connection's source; + valid names for sources and sinks are the MAX98090's pins (as + documented in its binding), and the jacks on the board + For Odroid X2: + * Headphone Jack + * Mic Jack + * DMIC + + For Odroid U3: + * Headphone Jack + * Speakers + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "samsung,odroidu3-audio"; + samsung,i2s-controller = <&i2s0>; + samsung,audio-codec = <&max98090>; + samsung,model = "Odroid-X2"; + samsung,audio-routing = + "Headphone Jack", "HPL", + "Headphone Jack", "HPR", + "IN1", "Mic Jack", + "Mic Jack", "MICBIAS"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..02f85b32d359 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* SiRF SoC USP module + +Required properties: +- compatible: "sirf,prima2-usp-pcm" +- reg: Base address and size entries: +- dmas: List of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs. +- dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property. + These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. + + One of the DMA channels will be responsible for transmission (should be + named "tx") and one for reception (should be named "rx"). + +- clocks: USP controller clock source +- pinctrl-names: Must contain a "default" entry. +- pinctrl-NNN: One property must exist for each entry in pinctrl-names. + +Example: +usp0: usp@b0080000 { + compatible = "sirf,prima2-usp-pcm"; + reg = <0xb0080000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&clks 28>; + dmas = <&dmac1 1>, <&dmac1 2>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&usp0_only_utfs_pins_a>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt index 678b191c37b8..6df74f15687f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt @@ -3,15 +3,20 @@ Audio Binding for Snow boards Required properties: - compatible : Can be one of the following, "google,snow-audio-max98090" or + "google,snow-audio-max98091" or "google,snow-audio-max98095" - samsung,i2s-controller: The phandle of the Samsung I2S controller - samsung,audio-codec: The phandle of the audio codec +Optional: +- samsung,model: The name of the sound-card + Example: sound { compatible = "google,snow-audio-max98095"; + samsung,model = "Snow-I2S-MAX98095"; samsung,i2s-controller = <&i2s0>; samsung,audio-codec = <&max98095>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55e2a0af5645 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Texas Instruments - tas2552 Codec module + +The tas2552 serial control bus communicates through I2C protocols + +Required properties: + - compatible - One of: + "ti,tas2552" - TAS2552 + - reg - I2C slave address + - supply-*: Required supply regulators are: + "vbat" battery voltage + "iovdd" I/O Voltage + "avdd" Analog DAC Voltage + +Optional properties: + - enable-gpio - gpio pin to enable/disable the device + +Example: + +tas2552: tas2552@41 { + compatible = "ti,tas2552"; + reg = <0x41>; + enable-gpio = <&gpio4 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; +}; + +For more product information please see the link below: +http://www.ti.com/product/TAS2552 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt index d2866a0d6a26..234dad296da7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt @@ -31,6 +31,9 @@ Optional properties: Most systems should not set any of these properties. + - avdd-supply: Power supply for AVDD, providing 3.3V + - dvdd-supply: Power supply for DVDD, providing 3.3V + Examples: i2c_bus { @@ -39,5 +42,7 @@ Examples: reg = <0x1b>; reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>; ti,charge-period = <156000>; + avdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; + dvdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e99f4097c83c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +WM8904 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + - compatible: "wlf,wm8904" + - reg: the I2C address of the device. + - clock-names: "mclk" + - clocks: reference to + <Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt> + +Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes): + + * IN1L + * IN1R + * IN2L + * IN2R + * IN3L + * IN3R + * HPOUTL + * HPOUTR + * LINEOUTL + * LINEOUTR + * MICBIAS + +Examples: + +codec: wm8904@1a { + compatible = "wlf,wm8904"; + reg = <0x1a>; + clocks = <&pck0>; + clock-names = "mclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt index 130cd17e3680..750e29aff9bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ Required properties: - cs-gpios: see spi-bus.txt Recommended properties : -- efm32,location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION bitfield to - configure the pinmux for the device, see datasheet for values. - If "efm32,location" property is not provided, keeping what is - already configured in the hardware, so its either the reset - default 0 or whatever the bootloader did. +- energymicro,location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION + bitfield to configure the pinmux for the device, see + datasheet for values. + If this property is not provided, keeping what is + already configured in the hardware, so its either the + reset default 0 or whatever the bootloader did. Example: @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ spi1: spi@0x4000c400 { /* USART1 */ interrupts = <15 16>; clocks = <&cmu 20>; cs-gpios = <&gpio 51 1>; // D3 - efm32,location = <1>; + energymicro,location = <1>; status = "ok"; ks8851@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt index bee6ff204baf..e2c88df2cc15 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt @@ -7,7 +7,11 @@ SPI in master mode supports up to 50MHz, up to four chip selects, programmable data path from 4 bits to 32 bits and numerous protocol variants. Required properties: -- compatible: Should contain "qcom,spi-qup-v2.1.1" or "qcom,spi-qup-v2.2.1" +- compatible: Should contain: + "qcom,spi-qup-v1.1.1" for 8660, 8960 and 8064. + "qcom,spi-qup-v2.1.1" for 8974 and later + "qcom,spi-qup-v2.2.1" for 8974 v2 and later. + - reg: Should contain base register location and length - interrupts: Interrupt number used by this controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd99193e87b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare AMBA 2.0 Synchronous Serial Interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible : "snps,dw-apb-ssi" +- reg : The register base for the controller. +- interrupts : One interrupt, used by the controller. +- #address-cells : <1>, as required by generic SPI binding. +- #size-cells : <0>, also as required by generic SPI binding. + +Optional properties: +- cs-gpios : Specifies the gpio pis to be used for chipselects. +- num-cs : The number of chipselects. If omitted, this will default to 4. + +Child nodes as per the generic SPI binding. + +Example: + + spi@fff00000 { + compatible = "snps,dw-apb-ssi"; + reg = <0xfff00000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 154 4>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + num-cs = <2>; + cs-gpios = <&gpio0 13 0>, + <&gpio0 14 0>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt index 6d0ac8d0ad9b..f80887bca0d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Required properties: - "ti,dm6441-spi" for SPI used similar to that on DM644x SoC family - "ti,da830-spi" for SPI used similar to that on DA8xx SoC family - reg: Offset and length of SPI controller register space -- num-cs: Number of chip selects +- num-cs: Number of chip selects. This includes internal as well as + GPIO chip selects. - ti,davinci-spi-intr-line: interrupt line used to connect the SPI IP to the interrupt controller within the SoC. Possible values are 0 and 1. Manual says one of the two possible interrupt @@ -17,6 +18,12 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: interrupt number mapped to CPU. - clocks: spi clk phandle +Optional: +- cs-gpios: gpio chip selects + For example to have 3 internal CS and 2 GPIO CS, user could define + cs-gpios = <0>, <0>, <0>, <&gpio1 30 0>, <&gpio1 31 0>; + where first three are internal CS and last two are GPIO CS. + Example of a NOR flash slave device (n25q032) connected to DaVinci SPI controller device over the SPI bus. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7bab35575817 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Rockchip SPI Controller + +The Rockchip SPI controller is used to interface with various devices such as flash +and display controllers using the SPI communication interface. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3066. + "rockchip,rk3188-spi", "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3188. + "rockchip,rk3288-spi", "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3288. +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: Shall be "spiclk" for the transfer-clock, and "apb_pclk" for + the peripheral clock. +- dmas: DMA specifiers for tx and rx dma. See the DMA client binding, + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names: DMA request names should include "tx" and "rx" if present. +- #address-cells: should be 1. +- #size-cells: should be 0. + +Example: + + spi0: spi@ff110000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3066-spi"; + reg = <0xff110000 0x1000>; + dmas = <&pdma1 11>, <&pdma1 12>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_SPI0>, <&cru PCLK_SPI0>; + clock-names = "spiclk", "apb_pclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt index 86aa061f069f..1e8a8578148f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: - compatible: should be one of the following. - samsung,s3c2443-spi: for s3c2443, s3c2416 and s3c2450 platforms - samsung,s3c6410-spi: for s3c6410 platforms - - samsung,s5p6440-spi: for s5p6440 and s5p6450 platforms - samsung,s5pv210-spi: for s5pv210 and s5pc110 platforms - samsung,exynos4210-spi: for exynos4 and exynos5 platforms @@ -18,14 +17,11 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format depends on the interrupt controller. -[PRELIMINARY: the dma channel allocation will change once there are -official DMA bindings] +- dmas : Two or more DMA channel specifiers following the convention outlined + in bindings/dma/dma.txt -- tx-dma-channel: The dma channel specifier for tx operations. The format of - the dma specifier depends on the dma controller. - -- rx-dma-channel: The dma channel specifier for rx operations. The format of - the dma specifier depends on the dma controller. +- dma-names: Names for the dma channels. There must be at least one channel + named "tx" for transmit and named "rx" for receive. Required Board Specific Properties: @@ -42,15 +38,13 @@ Optional Board Specific Properties: - num-cs: Specifies the number of chip select lines supported. If not specified, the default number of chip select lines is set to 1. +- cs-gpios: should specify GPIOs used for chipselects (see spi-bus.txt) + SPI Controller specific data in SPI slave nodes: - The spi slave nodes should provide the following information which is required by the spi controller. - - cs-gpio: A gpio specifier that specifies the gpio line used as - the slave select line by the spi controller. The format of the gpio - specifier depends on the gpio controller. - - samsung,spi-feedback-delay: The sampling phase shift to be applied on the miso line (to account for any lag in the miso line). The following are the valid values. @@ -74,8 +68,11 @@ Example: compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-spi"; reg = <0x12d20000 0x100>; interrupts = <0 66 0>; - tx-dma-channel = <&pdma0 5>; - rx-dma-channel = <&pdma0 4>; + dmas = <&pdma0 5 + &pdma0 4>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; }; - Board Specific Portion: @@ -85,6 +82,7 @@ Example: #size-cells = <0>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&spi0_bus>; + cs-gpios = <&gpa2 5 0>; w25q80bw@0 { #address-cells = <1>; @@ -94,7 +92,6 @@ Example: spi-max-frequency = <10000>; controller-data { - cs-gpio = <&gpa2 5 1 0 3>; samsung,spi-feedback-delay = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt index c94909215c07..ae738f562acc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ ** Required properties: - compatible : One of the following: + "samsung,exynos3250-tmu" "samsung,exynos4412-tmu" "samsung,exynos4210-tmu" "samsung,exynos5250-tmu" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt index 28ef498a66e5..0ef00be44b01 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ * Renesas R-Car Thermal Required properties: -- compatible : "renesas,rcar-thermal" +- compatible : "renesas,thermal-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-thermal" + as fallback. + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6) + - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1) + - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) + - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2) - reg : Address range of the thermal registers. The 1st reg will be recognized as common register if it has "interrupts". @@ -12,18 +18,18 @@ Option properties: Example (non interrupt support): -thermal@e61f0100 { - compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal"; - reg = <0xe61f0100 0x38>; +thermal@ffc48000 { + compatible = "renesas,thermal-r8a7779", "renesas,rcar-thermal"; + reg = <0xffc48000 0x38>; }; Example (interrupt support): thermal@e61f0000 { - compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal"; + compatible = "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4", "renesas,rcar-thermal"; reg = <0xe61f0000 0x14 0xe61f0100 0x38 0xe61f0200 0x38 0xe61f0300 0x38>; - interrupts = <0 69 4>; + interrupts = <0 69 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b9251b4a145 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Binding for Thermal Sensor driver for STMicroelectronics STi series of SoCs. + +Required parameters: +------------------- + +compatible : st,<SoC>-<module>-thermal; should be one of: + "st,stih415-sas-thermal", + "st,stih415-mpe-thermal", + "st,stih416-sas-thermal" + "st,stih416-mpe-thermal" + "st,stid127-thermal" or + "st,stih407-thermal" + according to the SoC type (stih415, stih416, stid127, stih407) + and module type (sas or mpe). On stid127 & stih407 there is only + one die/module, so there is no module type in the compatible + string. +clock-names : Should be "thermal". + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt +clocks : Phandle of the clock used by the thermal sensor. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Optional parameters: +------------------- + +reg : For non-sysconf based sensors, this should be the physical base + address and length of the sensor's registers. +interrupts : Standard way to define interrupt number. + Interrupt is mandatory to be defined when compatible is + "stih416-mpe-thermal". + NB: For thermal sensor's for which no interrupt has been + defined, a polling delay of 1000ms will be used to read the + temperature from device. + +Example: + + temp1@fdfe8000 { + compatible = "st,stih416-mpe-thermal"; + reg = <0xfdfe8000 0x10>; + clock-names = "thermal"; + clocks = <&clk_m_mpethsens>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 23 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,clps711x-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,clps711x-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cd55b52548e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,clps711x-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Cirrus Logic CLPS711X Timer Counter + +Required properties: +- compatible: Shall contain "cirrus,clps711x-timer". +- reg : Address and length of the register set. +- interrupts: The interrupt number of the timer. +- clocks : phandle of timer reference clock. + +Note: Each timer should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" node. + +Example: + aliases { + timer0 = &timer1; + timer1 = &timer2; + }; + + timer1: timer@80000300 { + compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-timer", "cirrus,clps711x-timer"; + reg = <0x80000300 0x4>; + interrupts = <8>; + clocks = <&clks 5>; + }; + + timer2: timer@80000340 { + compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-timer", "cirrus,clps711x-timer"; + reg = <0x80000340 0x4>; + interrupts = <9>; + clocks = <&clks 6>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c4408ff4b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Mediatek MT6577, MT6572 and MT6589 Timers +--------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mediatek,mt6577-timer" +- reg: Should contain location and length for timers register. +- clocks: Clocks driving the timer hardware. This list should include two + clocks. The order is system clock and as second clock the RTC clock. + +Examples: + + timer@10008000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6577-timer"; + reg = <0x10008000 0x80>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 113 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&system_clk>, <&rtc_clk>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a17418b0ece3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +* Renesas R-Car Compare Match Timer (CMT) + +The CMT is a multi-channel 16/32/48-bit timer/counter with configurable clock +inputs and programmable compare match. + +Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value +are independent. A particular CMT instance can implement only a subset of the +channels supported by the CMT model. Channel indices represent the hardware +position of the channel in the CMT and don't match the channel numbers in the +datasheets. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain one of the following. + - "renesas,cmt-32" for the 32-bit CMT + (CMT0 on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740) + - "renesas,cmt-32-fast" for the 32-bit CMT with fast clock support + (CMT[234] on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740) + - "renesas,cmt-48" for the 48-bit CMT + (CMT1 on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740) + - "renesas,cmt-48-gen2" for the second generation 48-bit CMT + (CMT[01] on r8a73a4, r8a7790 and r8a7791) + + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel. + - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + + - renesas,channels-mask: bitmask of the available channels. + + +Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) CMT0 node + + CMT0 on R8A7790 implements hardware channels 5 and 6 only and names + them channels 0 and 1 in the documentation. + + cmt0: timer@ffca0000 { + compatible = "renesas,cmt-48-gen2"; + reg = <0 0xffca0000 0 0x1004>; + interrupts = <0 142 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 142 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_CMT0>; + clock-names = "fck"; + + renesas,channels-mask = <0x60>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..917453f826bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +* Renesas R-Car Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2) + +The MTU2 is a multi-purpose, multi-channel timer/counter with configurable +clock inputs and programmable compare match. + +Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value +are independent. The MTU2 hardware supports five channels indexed from 0 to 4. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,mtu2" + + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + + - interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the timer, one for each entry in + interrupt-names. + - interrupt-names: must contain one entry named "tgi?a" for each enabled + channel, where "?" is the channel index expressed as one digit from "0" to + "4". + + - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + + +Example: R7S72100 (RZ/A1H) MTU2 node + + mtu2: timer@fcff0000 { + compatible = "renesas,mtu2"; + reg = <0xfcff0000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 139 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 146 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 150 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 154 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 159 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "tgi0a", "tgi1a", "tgi2a", "tgi3a", "tgi4a"; + clocks = <&mstp3_clks R7S72100_CLK_MTU2>; + clock-names = "fck"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..425d0c5f4aee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +* Renesas R-Car Timer Unit (TMU) + +The TMU is a 32-bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. + +Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value +are independent. The TMU hardware supports up to three channels. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,tmu" + + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel. + + - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + +Optional Properties: + + - #renesas,channels: number of channels implemented by the timer, must be 2 + or 3 (if not specified the value defaults to 3). + + +Example: R8A7779 (R-Car H1) TMU0 node + + tmu0: timer@ffd80000 { + compatible = "renesas,tmu"; + reg = <0xffd80000 0x30>; + interrupts = <0 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 33 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7779_CLK_TMU0>; + clock-names = "fck"; + + #renesas,channels = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt index a6a32cb7f777..1bae71e9ad47 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "fsl,imx27-usb" - reg: Should contain registers location and length - interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt +- fsl,usbphy: phandle of usb phy that connects to the port Recommended properies: - phy_type: the type of the phy connected to the core. Should be one @@ -12,7 +13,6 @@ Recommended properies: - dr_mode: One of "host", "peripheral" or "otg". Defaults to "otg" Optional properties: -- fsl,usbphy: phandler of usb phy that connects to the only one port - fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one argument that indicate usb controller index - vbus-supply: regulator for vbus diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt index ba797d3e6326..c9205fbf26e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ Required properties : Present if phy_type == utmi. - ulpi-link: The clock Tegra provides to the ULPI PHY (cdev2). Present if phy_type == ulpi, and ULPI link mode is in use. + - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - usb: The PHY's own reset signal. + - utmi-pads: The reset of the PHY containing the chip-wide UTMI pad control + registers. Required even if phy_type == ulpi. Required properties for phy_type == ulpi: - nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY. @@ -56,6 +62,8 @@ Optional properties: host means this is a host controller peripheral means it is device controller otg means it can operate as either ("on the go") + - nvidia,has-utmi-pad-registers : boolean indicates whether this controller + contains the UTMI pad control registers common to all USB controllers. VBUS control (required for dr_mode == otg, optional for dr_mode == host): - vbus-supply: regulator for VBUS diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt index 5a79377c6a96..86f67f0886bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt @@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ Required properties: register set for the device. - interrupts: one XHCI interrupt should be described here. -Optional property: +Optional properties: - clocks: reference to a clock + - usb3-lpm-capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable Example: usb@f0931000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 46a311e728a8..ac7269f90764 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ using them to avoid name-space collisions. abilis Abilis Systems active-semi Active-Semi International Inc ad Avionic Design GmbH +adapteva Adapteva, Inc. adi Analog Devices, Inc. aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB ak Asahi Kasei Corp. @@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ dmo Data Modul AG ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies emmicro EM Microelectronic +epcos EPCOS AG epfl Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne epson Seiko Epson Corp. est ESTeem Wireless Modems @@ -71,12 +73,14 @@ karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH keymile Keymile GmbH lacie LaCie lantiq Lantiq Semiconductor +lenovo Lenovo Group Ltd. lg LG Corporation linux Linux-specific binding lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic) lltc Linear Technology Corporation marvell Marvell Technology Group Ltd. maxim Maxim Integrated Products +mediatek MediaTek Inc. micrel Micrel Inc. microchip Microchip Technology Inc. mosaixtech Mosaix Technologies, Inc. @@ -99,6 +103,7 @@ panasonic Panasonic Corporation phytec PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH picochip Picochip Ltd plathome Plat'Home Co., Ltd. +pixcir PIXCIR MICROELECTRONICS Co., Ltd powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc @@ -122,6 +127,7 @@ sii Seiko Instruments, Inc. sirf SiRF Technology, Inc. smsc Standard Microsystems Corporation snps Synopsys, Inc. +solidrun SolidRun spansion Spansion Inc. st STMicroelectronics ste ST-Ericsson diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/arm,pl11x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/arm,pl11x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e3039a8a253 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/arm,pl11x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +* ARM PrimeCell Color LCD Controller PL110/PL111 + +See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt + +Required properties: + +- compatible: must be one of: + "arm,pl110", "arm,primecell" + "arm,pl111", "arm,primecell" + +- reg: base address and size of the control registers block + +- interrupt-names: either the single entry "combined" representing a + combined interrupt output (CLCDINTR), or the four entries + "mbe", "vcomp", "lnbu", "fuf" representing the individual + CLCDMBEINTR, CLCDVCOMPINTR, CLCDLNBUINTR, CLCDFUFINTR interrupts + +- interrupts: contains an interrupt specifier for each entry in + interrupt-names + +- clock-names: should contain "clcdclk" and "apb_pclk" + +- clocks: contains phandle and clock specifier pairs for the entries + in the clock-names property. See + Documentation/devicetree/binding/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Optional properties: + +- memory-region: phandle to a node describing memory (see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt) + to be used for the framebuffer; if not present, the framebuffer + may be located anywhere in the memory + +- max-memory-bandwidth: maximum bandwidth in bytes per second that the + cell's memory interface can handle; if not present, the memory + interface is fast enough to handle all possible video modes + +Required sub-nodes: + +- port: describes LCD panel signals, following the common binding + for video transmitter interfaces; see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt; + when it is a TFT panel, the port's endpoint must define the + following property: + + - arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads: an array of three 32-bit values, + defining the way CLD pads are wired up; first value + contains index of the "CLD" external pin (pad) used + as R0 (first bit of the red component), second value + index of the pad used as G0, third value index of the + pad used as B0, see also "LCD panel signal multiplexing + details" paragraphs in the PL110/PL111 Technical + Reference Manuals; this implicitly defines available + color modes, for example: + - PL111 TFT 4:4:4 panel: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <4 15 20>; + - PL110 TFT (1:)5:5:5 panel: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <1 7 13>; + - PL111 TFT (1:)5:5:5 panel: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <3 11 19>; + - PL111 TFT 5:6:5 panel: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <3 10 19>; + - PL110 and PL111 TFT 8:8:8 panel: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <0 8 16>; + - PL110 and PL111 TFT 8:8:8 panel, R & B components swapped: + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <16 8 0>; + + +Example: + + clcd@10020000 { + compatible = "arm,pl111", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x10020000 0x1000>; + interrupt-names = "combined"; + interrupts = <0 44 4>; + clocks = <&oscclk1>, <&oscclk2>; + clock-names = "clcdclk", "apb_pclk"; + max-memory-bandwidth = <94371840>; /* Bps, 1024x768@60 16bpp */ + + port { + clcd_pads: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&clcd_panel>; + arm,pl11x,tft-r0g0b0-pads = <0 8 16>; + }; + }; + + }; + + panel { + compatible = "panel-dpi"; + + port { + clcd_panel: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&clcd_pads>; + }; + }; + + panel-timing { + clock-frequency = <25175000>; + hactive = <640>; + hback-porch = <40>; + hfront-porch = <24>; + hsync-len = <96>; + vactive = <480>; + vback-porch = <32>; + vfront-porch = <11>; + vsync-len = <2>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt index 1ec175eddca8..b75af94a5e52 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ Required properties (as per of_videomode_helper): Optional properties (as per of_videomode_helper): - atmel,lcdcon-backlight: enable backlight + - atmel,lcdcon-backlight-inverted: invert backlight PWM polarity - atmel,lcd-wiring-mode: lcd wiring mode "RGB" or "BRG" - atmel,power-control-gpio: gpio to power on or off the LCD (as many as needed) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/cirrus,clps711x-fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/cirrus,clps711x-fb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6fc3c6adeefa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/cirrus,clps711x-fb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +* Currus Logic CLPS711X Framebuffer + +Required properties: +- compatible: Shall contain "cirrus,clps711x-fb". +- reg : Physical base address and length of the controller's registers + + location and size of the framebuffer memory. +- clocks : phandle + clock specifier pair of the FB reference clock. +- display : phandle to a display node as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt. + Additionally, the display node has to define properties: + - bits-per-pixel: Bits per pixel. + - ac-prescale : LCD AC bias frequency. This frequency is the required + AC bias frequency for a given manufacturer's LCD plate. + - cmap-invert : Invert the color levels (Optional). + +Optional properties: +- lcd-supply: Regulator for LCD supply voltage. + +Example: + fb: fb@800002c0 { + compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-fb", "cirrus,clps711x-fb"; + reg = <0x800002c0 0xd44>, <0x60000000 0xc000>; + clocks = <&clks 2>; + lcd-supply = <®5v0>; + display = <&display>; + }; + + display: display { + model = "320x240x4"; + native-mode = <&timing0>; + bits-per-pixel = <4>; + ac-prescale = <17>; + + display-timings { + timing0: 320x240 { + hactive = <320>; + hback-porch = <0>; + hfront-porch = <0>; + hsync-len = <0>; + vactive = <240>; + vback-porch = <0>; + vfront-porch = <0>; + vsync-len = <0>; + clock-frequency = <6500000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt index 33b5730d07ba..31036c667d54 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Exynos MIPI DSI Master Required properties: - - compatible: "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" + - compatible: value should be one of the following + "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt - clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt index 7bfde9c9d658..08b394b1edbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be one of the following: 1) "samsung,exynos5-mixer" <DEPRECATED> 2) "samsung,exynos4210-mixer" - 3) "samsung,exynos5250-mixer" - 4) "samsung,exynos5420-mixer" + 3) "samsung,exynos4212-mixer" + 4) "samsung,exynos5250-mixer" + 5) "samsung,exynos5420-mixer" - reg: physical base address of the mixer and length of memory mapped region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt index 2dad41b689af..ecc899b9817b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be one of the following "samsung,s3c2443-fimd"; /* for S3C24XX SoCs */ "samsung,s3c6400-fimd"; /* for S3C64XX SoCs */ - "samsung,s5p6440-fimd"; /* for S5P64X0 SoCs */ - "samsung,s5pc100-fimd"; /* for S5PC100 SoC */ "samsung,s5pv210-fimd"; /* for S5PV210 SoC */ "samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5 SoCs */ @@ -44,6 +42,34 @@ Optional Properties: - display-timings: timing settings for FIMD, as described in document [1]. Can be used in case timings cannot be provided otherwise or to override timings provided by the panel. +- samsung,sysreg: handle to syscon used to control the system registers +- i80-if-timings: timing configuration for lcd i80 interface support. + - cs-setup: clock cycles for the active period of address signal is enabled + until chip select is enabled. + If not specified, the default value(0) will be used. + - wr-setup: clock cycles for the active period of CS signal is enabled until + write signal is enabled. + If not specified, the default value(0) will be used. + - wr-active: clock cycles for the active period of CS is enabled. + If not specified, the default value(1) will be used. + - wr-hold: clock cycles for the active period of CS is disabled until write + signal is disabled. + If not specified, the default value(0) will be used. + + The parameters are defined as: + + VCLK(internal) __|??????|_____|??????|_____|??????|_____|??????|_____|?? + : : : : : + Address Output --:<XXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXX:XX + | cs-setup+1 | : : : + |<---------->| : : : + Chip Select ???????????????|____________:____________:____________|?? + | wr-setup+1 | | wr-hold+1 | + |<---------->| |<---------->| + Write Enable ????????????????????????????|____________|??????????????? + | wr-active+1| + |<---------->| + Video Data ----------------------------<XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX>-- The device node can contain 'port' child nodes according to the bindings defined in [2]. The following are properties specific to those nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt index 2144af1a5264..e52ba2da868c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt @@ -5,10 +5,15 @@ Required properties: - reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain WDT interrupt +Optional property: +- big-endian: If present the watchdog device's registers are implemented + in big endian mode, otherwise in little mode. + Examples: wdt@73f98000 { compatible = "fsl,imx51-wdt", "fsl,imx21-wdt"; reg = <0x73f98000 0x4000>; interrupts = <58>; + big-endian; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/changesets.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/changesets.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..935ba5acc34e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/changesets.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +A DT changeset is a method which allows one to apply changes +in the live tree in such a way that either the full set of changes +will be applied, or none of them will be. If an error occurs partway +through applying the changeset, then the tree will be rolled back to the +previous state. A changeset can also be removed after it has been +applied. + +When a changeset is applied, all of the changes get applied to the tree +at once before emitting OF_RECONFIG notifiers. This is so that the +receiver sees a complete and consistent state of the tree when it +receives the notifier. + +The sequence of a changeset is as follows. + +1. of_changeset_init() - initializes a changeset + +2. A number of DT tree change calls, of_changeset_attach_node(), +of_changeset_detach_node(), of_changeset_add_property(), +of_changeset_remove_property, of_changeset_update_property() to prepare +a set of changes. No changes to the active tree are made at this point. +All the change operations are recorded in the of_changeset 'entries' +list. + +3. mutex_lock(of_mutex) - starts a changeset; The global of_mutex +ensures there can only be one editor at a time. + +4. of_changeset_apply() - Apply the changes to the tree. Either the +entire changeset will get applied, or if there is an error the tree will +be restored to the previous state + +5. mutex_unlock(of_mutex) - All operations complete, release the mutex + +If a successfully applied changeset needs to be removed, it can be done +with the following sequence. + +1. mutex_lock(of_mutex) + +2. of_changeset_revert() + +3. mutex_unlock(of_mutex) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c3cf0659bd19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Todo list for devicetree: + +=== General structure === +- Switch from custom lists to (h)list_head for nodes and properties structure +- Remove of_allnodes list and iterate using list of child nodes alone + +=== CONFIG_OF_DYNAMIC === +- Switch to RCU for tree updates and get rid of global spinlock +- Document node lifecycle for CONFIG_OF_DYNAMIC +- Always set ->full_name at of_attach_node() time +- pseries: Get rid of open-coded tree modification from arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/dlpar.c diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt index 879b6e31e2da..573e28ce9751 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt @@ -84,31 +84,32 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: the given transaction. Interface: - struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*chan->device->device_prep_slave_sg)( + struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_slave_sg( struct dma_chan *chan, struct scatterlist *sgl, unsigned int sg_len, enum dma_data_direction direction, unsigned long flags); - struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*chan->device->device_prep_dma_cyclic)( + struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic( struct dma_chan *chan, dma_addr_t buf_addr, size_t buf_len, size_t period_len, enum dma_data_direction direction); - struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*device_prep_interleaved_dma)( + struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_interleaved_dma( struct dma_chan *chan, struct dma_interleaved_template *xt, unsigned long flags); The peripheral driver is expected to have mapped the scatterlist for the DMA operation prior to calling device_prep_slave_sg, and must keep the scatterlist mapped until the DMA operation has completed. - The scatterlist must be mapped using the DMA struct device. So, - normal setup should look like this: + The scatterlist must be mapped using the DMA struct device. + If a mapping needs to be synchronized later, dma_sync_*_for_*() must be + called using the DMA struct device, too. + So, normal setup should look like this: nr_sg = dma_map_sg(chan->device->dev, sgl, sg_len); if (nr_sg == 0) /* error */ - desc = chan->device->device_prep_slave_sg(chan, sgl, nr_sg, - direction, flags); + desc = dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(chan, sgl, nr_sg, direction, flags); Once a descriptor has been obtained, the callback information can be added and the descriptor must then be submitted. Some DMA engine @@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ Further APIs: description of this API. This can be used in conjunction with dma_async_is_complete() and - the cookie returned from 'descriptor->submit()' to check for + the cookie returned from dmaengine_submit() to check for completion of a specific DMA transaction. Note: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 1525e30483fd..d14710b04439 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -233,66 +233,78 @@ certainly invest a bit more effort into libata core layer). 6. List of managed interfaces ----------------------------- -MEM - devm_kzalloc() - devm_kfree() - devm_kmemdup() - devm_get_free_pages() - devm_free_pages() +CLOCK + devm_clk_get() + devm_clk_put() + +DMA + dmam_alloc_coherent() + dmam_alloc_noncoherent() + dmam_declare_coherent_memory() + dmam_free_coherent() + dmam_free_noncoherent() + dmam_pool_create() + dmam_pool_destroy() + +GPIO + devm_gpiod_get() + devm_gpiod_get_index() + devm_gpiod_get_index_optional() + devm_gpiod_get_optional() + devm_gpiod_put() IIO devm_iio_device_alloc() devm_iio_device_free() - devm_iio_trigger_alloc() - devm_iio_trigger_free() devm_iio_device_register() devm_iio_device_unregister() + devm_iio_trigger_alloc() + devm_iio_trigger_free() IO region - devm_request_region() - devm_request_mem_region() - devm_release_region() devm_release_mem_region() - -IRQ - devm_request_irq() - devm_free_irq() - -DMA - dmam_alloc_coherent() - dmam_free_coherent() - dmam_alloc_noncoherent() - dmam_free_noncoherent() - dmam_declare_coherent_memory() - dmam_pool_create() - dmam_pool_destroy() - -PCI - pcim_enable_device() : after success, all PCI ops become managed - pcim_pin_device() : keep PCI device enabled after release + devm_release_region() + devm_request_mem_region() + devm_request_region() IOMAP devm_ioport_map() devm_ioport_unmap() devm_ioremap() devm_ioremap_nocache() - devm_iounmap() devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps - devm_request_and_ioremap() : obsoleted by devm_ioremap_resource() + devm_iounmap() pcim_iomap() - pcim_iounmap() - pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs + pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR + pcim_iounmap() -REGULATOR - devm_regulator_get() - devm_regulator_put() - devm_regulator_bulk_get() - devm_regulator_register() +IRQ + devm_free_irq() + devm_request_irq() -CLOCK - devm_clk_get() - devm_clk_put() +MDIO + devm_mdiobus_alloc() + devm_mdiobus_alloc_size() + devm_mdiobus_free() + +MEM + devm_free_pages() + devm_get_free_pages() + devm_kcalloc() + devm_kfree() + devm_kmalloc() + devm_kmalloc_array() + devm_kmemdup() + devm_kzalloc() + +PCI + pcim_enable_device() : after success, all PCI ops become managed + pcim_pin_device() : keep PCI device enabled after release + +PHY + devm_usb_get_phy() + devm_usb_put_phy() PINCTRL devm_pinctrl_get() @@ -302,24 +314,14 @@ PWM devm_pwm_get() devm_pwm_put() -PHY - devm_usb_get_phy() - devm_usb_put_phy() +REGULATOR + devm_regulator_bulk_get() + devm_regulator_get() + devm_regulator_put() + devm_regulator_register() SLAVE DMA ENGINE devm_acpi_dma_controller_register() SPI devm_spi_register_master() - -GPIO - devm_gpiod_get() - devm_gpiod_get_index() - devm_gpiod_get_optional() - devm_gpiod_get_index_optional() - devm_gpiod_put() - -MDIO - devm_mdiobus_alloc() - devm_mdiobus_alloc_size() - devm_mdiobus_free() diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware index d91b8be80b66..26c623dd3aa3 100755 --- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware +++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ use IO::Handle; "af9015", "ngene", "az6027", "lme2510_lg", "lme2510c_s7395", "lme2510c_s7395_old", "drxk", "drxk_terratec_h5", "drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "drxk_pctv", - "drxk_terratec_htc_stick", "sms1xxx_hcw"); + "drxk_terratec_htc_stick", "sms1xxx_hcw", "si2165"); # Check args syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1); @@ -783,6 +783,37 @@ sub sms1xxx_hcw { $allfiles; } +sub si2165 { + my $sourcefile = "model_111xxx_122xxx_driver_6_0_119_31191_WHQL.zip"; + my $url = "http://www.hauppauge.de/files/drivers/"; + my $hash = "76633e7c76b0edee47c3ba18ded99336"; + my $fwfile = "dvb-demod-si2165.fw"; + my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1); + + checkstandard(); + + wgetfile($sourcefile, $url . $sourcefile); + verify($sourcefile, $hash); + unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir); + extract("$tmpdir/Driver10/Hcw10bda.sys", 0x80788, 0x81E08-0x80788, "$tmpdir/fw1"); + + delzero("$tmpdir/fw1","$tmpdir/fw1-1"); + #verify("$tmpdir/fw1","5e0909858fdf0b5b09ad48b9fe622e70"); + + my $CRC="\x0A\xCC"; + my $BLOCKS_MAIN="\x27"; + open FW,">$fwfile"; + print FW "\x01\x00"; # just a version id for the driver itself + print FW "\x9A"; # fw version + print FW "\x00"; # padding + print FW "$BLOCKS_MAIN"; # number of blocks of main part + print FW "\x00"; # padding + print FW "$CRC"; # 16bit crc value of main part + appendfile(FW,"$tmpdir/fw1"); + + "$fwfile"; +} + # --------------------------------------------------------------- # Utilities diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index b18dd1779029..f1997e9da61f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -349,7 +349,11 @@ prototypes: locking rules: inode->i_lock may block fl_copy_lock: yes no -fl_release_private: maybe no +fl_release_private: maybe maybe[1] + +[1]: ->fl_release_private for flock or POSIX locks is currently allowed +to block. Leases however can still be freed while the i_lock is held and +so fl_release_private called on a lease should not block. ----------------------- lock_manager_operations --------------------------- prototypes: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS index ca4a67a0bb1e..c98800df677f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ Gunter Kukkukk (testing and suggestions for support of old servers) Igor Mammedov (DFS support) Jeff Layton (many, many fixes, as well as great work on the cifs Kerberos code) Scott Lovenberg +Pavel Shilovsky (for great work adding SMB2 support, and various SMB3 features) Test case and Bug Report contributors ------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO index 355abcdcda98..066ffddc3964 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Version 1.53 May 20, 2008 +Version 2.03 August 1, 2014 A Partial List of Missing Features ================================== @@ -7,63 +7,49 @@ Contributions are welcome. There are plenty of opportunities for visible, important contributions to this module. Here is a partial list of the known problems and missing features: -a) Support for SecurityDescriptors(Windows/CIFS ACLs) for chmod/chgrp/chown -so that these operations can be supported to Windows servers +a) SMB3 (and SMB3.02) missing optional features: + - RDMA + - multichannel (started) + - directory leases (improved metadata caching) + - T10 copy offload (copy chunk is only mechanism supported) + - encrypted shares -b) Mapping POSIX ACLs (and eventually NFSv4 ACLs) to CIFS -SecurityDescriptors +b) improved sparse file support -c) Better pam/winbind integration (e.g. to handle uid mapping -better) - -d) Cleanup now unneeded SessSetup code in -fs/cifs/connect.c and add back in NTLMSSP code if any servers -need it - -e) fix NTLMv2 signing when two mounts with different users to same -server. - -f) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than +c) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than using FindNotify or equivalent. - (started) -g) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls +d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems) -h) investigate sync behavior (including syncpage) and check -for proper behavior of intr/nointr - -i) improve support for very old servers (OS/2 and Win9x for example) +e) improve support for very old servers (OS/2 and Win9x for example) Including support for changing the time remotely (utimes command). -j) hook lower into the sockets api (as NFS/SunRPC does) to avoid the +f) hook lower into the sockets api (as NFS/SunRPC does) to avoid the extra copy in/out of the socket buffers in some cases. -k) Better optimize open (and pathbased setfilesize) to reduce the +g) Better optimize open (and pathbased setfilesize) to reduce the oplock breaks coming from windows srv. Piggyback identical file opens on top of each other by incrementing reference count rather than resending (helps reduce server resource utilization and avoid spurious oplock breaks). -l) Improve performance of readpages by sending more than one read -at a time when 8 pages or more are requested. In conjuntion -add support for async_cifs_readpages. - -m) Add support for storing symlink info to Windows servers +h) Add support for storing symlink info to Windows servers in the Extended Attribute format their SFU clients would recognize. -n) Finish fcntl D_NOTIFY support so kde and gnome file list windows +i) Finish inotify support so kde and gnome file list windows will autorefresh (partially complete by Asser). Needs minor kernel vfs change to support removing D_NOTIFY on a file. -o) Add GUI tool to configure /proc/fs/cifs settings and for display of +j) Add GUI tool to configure /proc/fs/cifs settings and for display of the CIFS statistics (started) -p) implement support for security and trusted categories of xattrs +k) implement support for security and trusted categories of xattrs (requires minor protocol extension) to enable better support for SELINUX -q) Implement O_DIRECT flag on open (already supported on mount) +l) Implement O_DIRECT flag on open (already supported on mount) -r) Create UID mapping facility so server UIDs can be mapped on a per +m) Create UID mapping facility so server UIDs can be mapped on a per mount or a per server basis to client UIDs or nobody if no mapping exists. This is helpful when Unix extensions are negotiated to allow better permission checking when UIDs differ on the server @@ -71,28 +57,29 @@ and client. Add new protocol request to the CIFS protocol standard for asking the server for the corresponding name of a particular uid. -s) Add support for CIFS Unix and also the newer POSIX extensions to the -server side for Samba 4. +n) DOS attrs - returned as pseudo-xattr in Samba format (check VFAT and NTFS for this too) + +o) mount check for unmatched uids -t) In support for OS/2 (LANMAN 1.2 and LANMAN2.1 based SMB servers) -need to add ability to set time to server (utimes command) +p) Add support for new vfs entry point for fallocate -u) DOS attrs - returned as pseudo-xattr in Samba format (check VFAT and NTFS for this too) +q) Add tools to take advantage of cifs/smb3 specific ioctls and features +such as "CopyChunk" (fast server side file copy) -v) mount check for unmatched uids +r) encrypted file support -w) Add support for new vfs entry point for fallocate +s) improved stats gathering, tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?) -x) Fix Samba 3 server to handle Linux kernel aio so dbench with lots of -processes can proceed better in parallel (on the server) +t) allow setting more NTFS/SMB3 file attributes remotely (currently limited to compressed +file attribute via chflags) -y) Fix Samba 3 to handle reads/writes over 127K (and remove the cifs mount -restriction of wsize max being 127K) +u) mount helper GUI (to simplify the various configuration options on mount) -KNOWN BUGS (updated April 24, 2007) + +KNOWN BUGS ==================================== See http://bugzilla.samba.org - search on product "CifsVFS" for -current bug list. +current bug list. Also check http://bugzilla.kernel.org (Product = File System, Component = CIFS) 1) existing symbolic links (Windows reparse points) are recognized but can not be created remotely. They are implemented for Samba and those that @@ -100,30 +87,18 @@ support the CIFS Unix extensions, although earlier versions of Samba overly restrict the pathnames. 2) follow_link and readdir code does not follow dfs junctions but recognizes them -3) create of new files to FAT partitions on Windows servers can -succeed but still return access denied (appears to be Windows -server not cifs client problem) and has not been reproduced recently. -NTFS partitions do not have this problem. -4) Unix/POSIX capabilities are reset after reconnection, and affect -a few fields in the tree connection but we do do not know which -superblocks to apply these changes to. We should probably walk -the list of superblocks to set these. Also need to check the -flags on the second mount to the same share, and see if we -can do the same trick that NFS does to remount duplicate shares. Misc testing to do ================== 1) check out max path names and max path name components against various server types. Try nested symlinks (8 deep). Return max path name in stat -f information -2) Modify file portion of ltp so it can run against a mounted network -share and run it against cifs vfs in automated fashion. +2) Improve xfstest's cifs enablement and adapt xfstests where needed to test +cifs better 3) Additional performance testing and optimization using iozone and similar - there are some easy changes that can be done to parallelize sequential writes, and when signing is disabled to request larger read sizes (larger than negotiated size) and send larger write sizes to modern servers. -4) More exhaustively test against less common servers. More testing -against Windows 9x, Windows ME servers. - +4) More exhaustively test against less common servers diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index 51afba17bbae..a2046a7d0a9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ flush_merge Merge concurrent cache_flush commands as much as possible to eliminate redundant command issues. If the underlying device handles the cache_flush command relatively slowly, recommend to enable this option. +nobarrier This option can be used if underlying storage guarantees + its cached data should be written to the novolatile area. + If this option is set, no cache_flush commands are issued + but f2fs still guarantees the write ordering of all the + data writes. ================================================================================ DEBUGFS ENTRIES diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting index e543b1a619cc..c8f036a9b13f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting @@ -66,23 +66,31 @@ b/ A per-superblock list "s_anon" of dentries which are the roots of c/ Helper routines to allocate anonymous dentries, and to help attach loose directory dentries at lookup time. They are: - d_alloc_anon(inode) will return a dentry for the given inode. + d_obtain_alias(inode) will return a dentry for the given inode. If the inode already has a dentry, one of those is returned. If it doesn't, a new anonymous (IS_ROOT and DCACHE_DISCONNECTED) dentry is allocated and attached. In the case of a directory, care is taken that only one dentry can ever be attached. - d_splice_alias(inode, dentry) will make sure that there is a - dentry with the same name and parent as the given dentry, and - which refers to the given inode. - If the inode is a directory and already has a dentry, then that - dentry is d_moved over the given dentry. - If the passed dentry gets attached, care is taken that this is - mutually exclusive to a d_alloc_anon operation. - If the passed dentry is used, NULL is returned, else the used - dentry is returned. This corresponds to the calling pattern of - ->lookup. - + d_splice_alias(inode, dentry) or d_materialise_unique(dentry, inode) + will introduce a new dentry into the tree; either the passed-in + dentry or a preexisting alias for the given inode (such as an + anonymous one created by d_obtain_alias), if appropriate. The two + functions differ in their handling of directories with preexisting + aliases: + d_splice_alias will use any existing IS_ROOT dentry, but it will + return -EIO rather than try to move a dentry with a different + parent. This is appropriate for local filesystems, which + should never see such an alias unless the filesystem is + corrupted somehow (for example, if two on-disk directory + entries refer to the same directory.) + d_materialise_unique will attempt to move any dentry. This is + appropriate for distributed filesystems, where finding a + directory other than where we last cached it may be a normal + consequence of concurrent operations on other hosts. + Both functions return NULL when the passed-in dentry is used, + following the calling convention of ->lookup. + Filesystem Issues ----------------- @@ -120,12 +128,12 @@ struct which has the following members: fh_to_dentry (mandatory) Given a filehandle fragment, this should find the implied object and - create a dentry for it (possibly with d_alloc_anon). + create a dentry for it (possibly with d_obtain_alias). fh_to_parent (optional but strongly recommended) Given a filehandle fragment, this should find the parent of the - implied object and create a dentry for it (possibly with d_alloc_anon). - May fail if the filehandle fragment is too small. + implied object and create a dentry for it (possibly with + d_obtain_alias). May fail if the filehandle fragment is too small. get_parent (optional but strongly recommended) When given a dentry for a directory, this should return a dentry for diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index ddc531a74d04..eb8a10e22f7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -1743,6 +1743,25 @@ pair provide additional information particular to the objects they represent. While the first three lines are mandatory and always printed, the rest is optional and may be omitted if no marks created yet. + Timerfd files + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + pos: 0 + flags: 02 + mnt_id: 9 + clockid: 0 + ticks: 0 + settime flags: 01 + it_value: (0, 49406829) + it_interval: (1, 0) + + where 'clockid' is the clock type and 'ticks' is the number of the timer expirations + that have occurred [see timerfd_create(2) for details]. 'settime flags' are + flags in octal form been used to setup the timer [see timerfd_settime(2) for + details]. 'it_value' is remaining time until the timer exiration. + 'it_interval' is the interval for the timer. Note the timer might be set up + with TIMER_ABSTIME option which will be shown in 'settime flags', but 'it_value' + still exhibits timer's remaining time. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Configuring procfs diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index a1d0d7a30165..61d65cc65c54 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -1053,7 +1053,8 @@ struct dentry_operations { If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returning - -ECHILD. + -ECHILD. -EISDIR may also be returned to tell pathwalk to + ignore d_automount or any mounts. This function is only used if DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT is set on the dentry being transited from. diff --git a/Documentation/firmware_class/README b/Documentation/firmware_class/README index 43fada989e65..71f86859d7d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware_class/README +++ b/Documentation/firmware_class/README @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ if(request_firmware(&fw_entry, $FIRMWARE, device) == 0) copy_fw_to_device(fw_entry->data, fw_entry->size); - release(fw_entry); + release_firmware(fw_entry); Sample/simple hotplug script: ============================ @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ HOTPLUG_FW_DIR=/usr/lib/hotplug/firmware/ echo 1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading - cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sysfs/$DEVPATH/data + cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sys/$DEVPATH/data echo 0 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading Random notes: @@ -123,6 +123,6 @@ -------------------- After firmware cache mechanism is introduced during system sleep, request_firmware can be called safely inside device's suspend and - resume callback, and callers need't cache the firmware by + resume callback, and callers needn't cache the firmware by themselves any more for dealing with firmware loss during system resume. diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt index ba169faad5c6..4452786225b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Platform Data Finally, GPIOs can be bound to devices and functions using platform data. Board files that desire to do so need to include the following header: - #include <linux/gpio/driver.h> + #include <linux/gpio/machine.h> GPIOs are mapped by the means of tables of lookups, containing instances of the gpiod_lookup structure. Two macros are defined to help declaring such mappings: diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt index d8abfc31abbe..76546324e968 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt @@ -29,13 +29,24 @@ gpiod_get() functions. Like many other kernel subsystems, gpiod_get() takes the device that will use the GPIO and the function the requested GPIO is supposed to fulfill: - struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id) + struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) If a function is implemented by using several GPIOs together (e.g. a simple LED device that displays digits), an additional index argument can be specified: struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get_index(struct device *dev, - const char *con_id, unsigned int idx) + const char *con_id, unsigned int idx, + enum gpiod_flags flags) + +The flags parameter is used to optionally specify a direction and initial value +for the GPIO. Values can be: + +* GPIOD_ASIS or 0 to not initialize the GPIO at all. The direction must be set + later with one of the dedicated functions. +* GPIOD_IN to initialize the GPIO as input. +* GPIOD_OUT_LOW to initialize the GPIO as output with a value of 0. +* GPIOD_OUT_HIGH to initialize the GPIO as output with a value of 1. Both functions return either a valid GPIO descriptor, or an error code checkable with IS_ERR() (they will never return a NULL pointer). -ENOENT will be returned @@ -46,11 +57,13 @@ errors and an absence of GPIO for optional GPIO parameters. Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined: - struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id) + struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get_index(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, - unsigned int idx) + unsigned int idx, + enum gpiod_flags flags) A GPIO descriptor can be disposed of using the gpiod_put() function: @@ -67,8 +80,9 @@ Using GPIOs Setting Direction ----------------- -The first thing a driver must do with a GPIO is setting its direction. This is -done by invoking one of the gpiod_direction_*() functions: +The first thing a driver must do with a GPIO is setting its direction. If no +direction-setting flags have been given to gpiod_get*(), this is done by +invoking one of the gpiod_direction_*() functions: int gpiod_direction_input(struct gpio_desc *desc) int gpiod_direction_output(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt index fa9a0a8b3734..18790c237977 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt @@ -157,13 +157,34 @@ Locking IRQ usage Input GPIOs can be used as IRQ signals. When this happens, a driver is requested to mark the GPIO as being used as an IRQ: - int gpiod_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_desc *desc) + int gpio_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) This will prevent the use of non-irq related GPIO APIs until the GPIO IRQ lock is released: - void gpiod_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_desc *desc) + void gpio_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) When implementing an irqchip inside a GPIO driver, these two functions should typically be called in the .startup() and .shutdown() callbacks from the irqchip. + + +Requesting self-owned GPIO pins +------------------------------- + +Sometimes it is useful to allow a GPIO chip driver to request its own GPIO +descriptors through the gpiolib API. Using gpio_request() for this purpose +does not help since it pins the module to the kernel forever (it calls +try_module_get()). A GPIO driver can use the following functions instead +to request and free descriptors without being pinned to the kernel forever. + + int gpiochip_request_own_desc(struct gpio_desc *desc, const char *label) + + void gpiochip_free_own_desc(struct gpio_desc *desc) + +Descriptors requested with gpiochip_request_own_desc() must be released with +gpiochip_free_own_desc(). + +These functions must be used with care since they do not affect module use +count. Do not use the functions to request gpio descriptors not owned by the +calling driver. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8826ba29db36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Kernel Driver IBMPOWERNV +======================== + +Supported systems: + * Any recent IBM P servers based on POWERNV platform + +Author: Neelesh Gupta + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements reading the platform sensors data like temperature/fan/ +voltage/power for 'POWERNV' platform. + +The driver uses the platform device infrastructure. It probes the device tree +for sensor devices during the __init phase and registers them with the 'hwmon'. +'hwmon' populates the 'sysfs' tree having attribute files, each for a given +sensor type and its attribute data. + +All the nodes in the DT appear under "/ibm,opal/sensors" and each valid node in +the DT maps to an attribute file in 'sysfs'. The node exports unique 'sensor-id' +which the driver uses to make an OPAL call to the firmware. + +Usage notes +----------- +The driver is built statically with the kernel by enabling the config +CONFIG_SENSORS_IBMPOWERNV. It can also be built as module 'ibmpowernv'. + +Sysfs attributes +---------------- + +fanX_input Measured RPM value. +fanX_min Threshold RPM for alert generation. +fanX_fault 0: No fail condition + 1: Failing fan +tempX_input Measured ambient temperature. +tempX_max Threshold ambient temperature for alert generation. +inX_input Measured power supply voltage +inX_fault 0: No fail condition. + 1: Failing power supply. +power1_input System power consumption (microWatt) diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 index 2560a9c6d445..c6a5ff1b4641 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 @@ -42,13 +42,14 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the ST website http://www.st.com/internet/analog/product/121769.jsp - * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP75, TMP175, TMP275 - Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp275' + * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP112, TMP75, TMP175, TMP275 + Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp112', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp275' Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website http://www.ti.com/product/tmp100 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp101 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp105 + http://www.ti.com/product/tmp112 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp75 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp175 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp275 diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor index 057b77029f26..c5e05e2900a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor @@ -6,6 +6,11 @@ Supported thermistors from Murata: Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', 'ncp15wl333' Datasheet: Publicly available at Murata +Supported thermistors from EPCOS: +* EPCOS NTC Thermistors B57330V2103 + Prefixes: b57330v2103 + Datasheet: Publicly available at EPCOS + Other NTC thermistors can be supported simply by adding compensation tables; e.g., NCP15WL333 support is added by the table ncpXXwl333. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus index cf756ed48ff9..a3557da8f5b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus @@ -23,12 +23,11 @@ Supported chips: http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/MDT040A0X.pdf - * Texas Instruments TPS40400, TPS40422 - Prefixes: 'tps40400', 'tps40422' + * Texas Instruments TPS40400 + Prefixes: 'tps40400' Addresses scanned: - Datasheets: http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40400 - http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422 * Generic PMBus devices Prefix: 'pmbus' Addresses scanned: - diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 b/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..21e44f71ae6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Kernel driver powr1220 +================== + +Supported chips: + * Lattice POWR1220AT8 + Prefix: 'powr1220' + Addresses scanned: none + Datasheet: Publicly available at the Lattice website + http://www.latticesemi.com/ + +Author: Scott Kanowitz <scott.kanowitz@gmail.com> + +Description +----------- + +This driver supports the Lattice POWR1220AT8 chip. The POWR1220 +includes voltage monitoring for 14 inputs as well as trim settings +for output voltages and GPIOs. This driver implements the voltage +monitoring portion of the chip. + +Voltages are sampled by a 12-bit ADC with a step size of 2 mV. +An in-line attenuator allows measurements from 0 to 6 V. The +attenuator is enabled or disabled depending on the setting of the +input's max value. The driver will enable the attenuator for any +value over the low measurement range maximum of 2 V. + +The input naming convention is as follows: + +driver name pin name +in0 VMON1 +in1 VMON2 +in2 VMON3 +in2 VMON4 +in4 VMON5 +in5 VMON6 +in6 VMON7 +in7 VMON8 +in8 VMON9 +in9 VMON10 +in10 VMON11 +in11 VMON12 +in12 VCCA +in13 VCCINP + +The ADC readings are updated on request with a minimum period of 1s. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan b/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..18529d2e3bcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Kernel driver pwm-fan +===================== + +This driver enables the use of a PWM module to drive a fan. It uses the +generic PWM interface thus it is hardware independent. It can be used on +many SoCs, as long as the SoC supplies a PWM line driver that exposes +the generic PWM API. + +Author: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> + +Description +----------- + +The driver implements a simple interface for driving a fan connected to +a PWM output. It uses the generic PWM interface, thus it can be used with +a range of SoCs. The driver exposes the fan to the user space through +the hwmon's sysfs interface. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec00a15645ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Kernel driver tmp103 +==================== + +Supported chips: + * Texas Instruments TMP103 + Prefix: 'tmp103' + Addresses scanned: none + Product info and datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp103 + +Author: + Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> + +Description +----------- + +The TMP103 is a digital output temperature sensor in a four-ball +wafer chip-scale package (WCSP). The TMP103 is capable of reading +temperatures to a resolution of 1°C. The TMP103 is specified for +operation over a temperature range of –40°C to +125°C. + +Resolution: 8 Bits +Accuracy: ±1°C Typ (–10°C to +100°C) + +The driver provides the common sysfs-interface for temperatures (see +Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface under Temperatures). + +Please refer how to instantiate this driver: +Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 index 0cf07f824741..9e6fe5549ca1 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 @@ -8,12 +8,20 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html * Texas Instruments TMP422 Prefix: 'tmp422' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html * Texas Instruments TMP423 Prefix: 'tmp423' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html + * Texas Instruments TMP441 + Prefix: 'tmp441' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f + Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp441 + * Texas Instruments TMP442 + Prefix: 'tmp442' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d + Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp442 Authors: Andre Prendel <andre.prendel@gmx.de> @@ -21,13 +29,13 @@ Authors: Description ----------- -This driver implements support for Texas Instruments TMP421, TMP422 -and TMP423 temperature sensor chips. These chips implement one local -and up to one (TMP421), up to two (TMP422) or up to three (TMP423) -remote sensors. Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius. The chips -are wired over I2C/SMBus and specified over a temperature range of -40 -to +125 degrees Celsius. Resolution for both the local and remote -channels is 0.0625 degree C. +This driver implements support for Texas Instruments TMP421, TMP422, +TMP423, TMP441, and TMP442 temperature sensor chips. These chips +implement one local and up to one (TMP421, TMP441), up to two (TMP422, +TMP442) or up to three (TMP423) remote sensors. Temperature is measured +in degrees Celsius. The chips are wired over I2C/SMBus and specified +over a temperature range of -40 to +125 degrees Celsius. Resolution +for both the local and remote channels is 0.0625 degree C. The chips support only temperature measurement. The driver exports the temperature values via the following sysfs files: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 b/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..24bb0688d515 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +Kernel driver tps40422 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * TI TPS40422 + Prefix: 'tps40422' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422 + +Author: Zhu Laiwen <richard.zhu@nsn.com> + + +Description +----------- + +This driver supports TI TPS40422 Dual-Output or Two-Phase Synchronous Buck +Controller with PMBus + +The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. +Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. + + +Usage Notes +----------- + +This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the +devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for +details. + + +Platform data support +--------------------- + +The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +The following attributes are supported. + +in[1-2]_label "vout[1-2]" +in[1-2]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. +in[1-2]_alarm voltage alarm. + +curr[1-2]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. +curr[1-2]_label "iout[1-2]" +curr1_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. +curr1_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. +curr1_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT status. +curr1_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status. +curr2_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. + +temp1_input Measured temperature. From READ_TEMPERATURE_2 register on page 0. +temp1_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register. +temp1_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register. +temp1_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. Set by comparing + READ_TEMPERATURE_2 on page 0 with OT_WARN_LIMIT if TEMP_OT_WARNING + status is set. +temp1_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. Set by comparing + READ_TEMPERATURE_2 on page 0 with OT_FAULT_LIMIT if TEMP_OT_FAULT + status is set. +temp2_input Measured temperature. From READ_TEMPERATURE_2 register on page 1. +temp2_alarm Chip temperature alarm on page 1. diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 index adf5e33e8312..e9c803ea306d 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Supported adapters: * Intel Avoton (SOC) * Intel Wellsburg (PCH) * Intel Coleto Creek (PCH) + * Intel Wildcat Point (PCH) * Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH) * Intel BayTrail (SOC) Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub index fa4b669c166b..a16924fbd289 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub +++ b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ MODULE: i2c-stub DESCRIPTION: -This module is a very simple fake I2C/SMBus driver. It implements five +This module is a very simple fake I2C/SMBus driver. It implements six types of SMBus commands: write quick, (r/w) byte, (r/w) byte data, (r/w) -word data, and (r/w) I2C block data. +word data, (r/w) I2C block data, and (r/w) SMBus block data. You need to provide chip addresses as a module parameter when loading this driver, which will then only react to SMBus commands to these addresses. @@ -19,6 +19,14 @@ A pointer register with auto-increment is implemented for all byte operations. This allows for continuous byte reads like those supported by EEPROMs, among others. +SMBus block command support is disabled by default, and must be enabled +explicitly by setting the respective bits (0x03000000) in the functionality +module parameter. + +SMBus block commands must be written to configure an SMBus command for +SMBus block operations. Writes can be partial. Block read commands always +return the number of bytes selected with the largest write so far. + The typical use-case is like this: 1. load this module 2. use i2cset (from the i2c-tools project) to pre-load some data @@ -39,15 +47,18 @@ unsigned long functionality: value 0x1f0000 would only enable the quick, byte and byte data commands. +u8 bank_reg[10] +u8 bank_mask[10] +u8 bank_start[10] +u8 bank_end[10]: + Optional bank settings. They tell which bits in which register + select the active bank, as well as the range of banked registers. + CAVEATS: If your target driver polls some byte or word waiting for it to change, the stub could lock it up. Use i2cset to unlock it. -If the hardware for your driver has banked registers (e.g. Winbond sensors -chips) this module will not work well - although it could be extended to -support that pretty easily. - If you spam it hard enough, printk can be lossy. This module really wants something like relayfs. diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt index 8a366959f5cc..7aca13a54a3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt +++ b/Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ Creating MAD agents ioctl. Also, all agents registered through a file descriptor will be unregistered when the descriptor is closed. + 2014 -- a new registration ioctl is now provided which allows additional + fields to be provided during registration. + Users of this registration call are implicitly setting the use of + pkey_index (see below). + Receiving MADs MADs are received using read(). The receive side now supports @@ -104,10 +109,10 @@ P_Key Index Handling The old ib_umad interface did not allow setting the P_Key index for MADs that are sent and did not provide a way for obtaining the P_Key index of received MADs. A new layout for struct ib_user_mad_hdr - with a pkey_index member has been defined; however, to preserve - binary compatibility with older applications, this new layout will - not be used unless the IB_USER_MAD_ENABLE_PKEY ioctl is called - before a file descriptor is used for anything else. + with a pkey_index member has been defined; however, to preserve binary + compatibility with older applications, this new layout will not be used + unless one of IB_USER_MAD_ENABLE_PKEY or IB_USER_MAD_REGISTER_AGENT2 ioctl's + are called before a file descriptor is used for anything else. In September 2008, the IB_USER_MAD_ABI_VERSION will be incremented to 6, the new layout of struct ib_user_mad_hdr will be used by diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX index d2fe4d4729ef..c1a925787950 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 00-INDEX - this file +botching-up-ioctls.txt + - how to avoid botching up ioctls cdrom.txt - summary of CDROM ioctl calls hdio.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/botching-up-ioctls.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/botching-up-ioctls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..45fe78c58019 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/botching-up-ioctls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +(How to avoid) Botching up ioctls +================================= + +From: http://blog.ffwll.ch/2013/11/botching-up-ioctls.html + +By: Daniel Vetter, Copyright © 2013 Intel Corporation + +One clear insight kernel graphics hackers gained in the past few years is that +trying to come up with a unified interface to manage the execution units and +memory on completely different GPUs is a futile effort. So nowadays every +driver has its own set of ioctls to allocate memory and submit work to the GPU. +Which is nice, since there's no more insanity in the form of fake-generic, but +actually only used once interfaces. But the clear downside is that there's much +more potential to screw things up. + +To avoid repeating all the same mistakes again I've written up some of the +lessons learned while botching the job for the drm/i915 driver. Most of these +only cover technicalities and not the big-picture issues like what the command +submission ioctl exactly should look like. Learning these lessons is probably +something every GPU driver has to do on its own. + + +Prerequisites +------------- + +First the prerequisites. Without these you have already failed, because you +will need to add a a 32-bit compat layer: + + * Only use fixed sized integers. To avoid conflicts with typedefs in userspace + the kernel has special types like __u32, __s64. Use them. + + * Align everything to the natural size and use explicit padding. 32-bit + platforms don't necessarily align 64-bit values to 64-bit boundaries, but + 64-bit platforms do. So we always need padding to the natural size to get + this right. + + * Pad the entire struct to a multiple of 64-bits - the structure size will + otherwise differ on 32-bit versus 64-bit. Having a different structure size + hurts when passing arrays of structures to the kernel, or if the kernel + checks the structure size, which e.g. the drm core does. + + * Pointers are __u64, cast from/to a uintprt_t on the userspace side and + from/to a void __user * in the kernel. Try really hard not to delay this + conversion or worse, fiddle the raw __u64 through your code since that + diminishes the checking tools like sparse can provide. + + +Basics +------ + +With the joys of writing a compat layer avoided we can take a look at the basic +fumbles. Neglecting these will make backward and forward compatibility a real +pain. And since getting things wrong on the first attempt is guaranteed you +will have a second iteration or at least an extension for any given interface. + + * Have a clear way for userspace to figure out whether your new ioctl or ioctl + extension is supported on a given kernel. If you can't rely on old kernels + rejecting the new flags/modes or ioctls (since doing that was botched in the + past) then you need a driver feature flag or revision number somewhere. + + * Have a plan for extending ioctls with new flags or new fields at the end of + the structure. The drm core checks the passed-in size for each ioctl call + and zero-extends any mismatches between kernel and userspace. That helps, + but isn't a complete solution since newer userspace on older kernels won't + notice that the newly added fields at the end get ignored. So this still + needs a new driver feature flags. + + * Check all unused fields and flags and all the padding for whether it's 0, + and reject the ioctl if that's not the case. Otherwise your nice plan for + future extensions is going right down the gutters since someone will submit + an ioctl struct with random stack garbage in the yet unused parts. Which + then bakes in the ABI that those fields can never be used for anything else + but garbage. + + * Have simple testcases for all of the above. + + +Fun with Error Paths +-------------------- + +Nowadays we don't have any excuse left any more for drm drivers being neat +little root exploits. This means we both need full input validation and solid +error handling paths - GPUs will die eventually in the oddmost corner cases +anyway: + + * The ioctl must check for array overflows. Also it needs to check for + over/underflows and clamping issues of integer values in general. The usual + example is sprite positioning values fed directly into the hardware with the + hardware just having 12 bits or so. Works nicely until some odd display + server doesn't bother with clamping itself and the cursor wraps around the + screen. + + * Have simple testcases for every input validation failure case in your ioctl. + Check that the error code matches your expectations. And finally make sure + that you only test for one single error path in each subtest by submitting + otherwise perfectly valid data. Without this an earlier check might reject + the ioctl already and shadow the codepath you actually want to test, hiding + bugs and regressions. + + * Make all your ioctls restartable. First X really loves signals and second + this will allow you to test 90% of all error handling paths by just + interrupting your main test suite constantly with signals. Thanks to X's + love for signal you'll get an excellent base coverage of all your error + paths pretty much for free for graphics drivers. Also, be consistent with + how you handle ioctl restarting - e.g. drm has a tiny drmIoctl helper in its + userspace library. The i915 driver botched this with the set_tiling ioctl, + now we're stuck forever with some arcane semantics in both the kernel and + userspace. + + * If you can't make a given codepath restartable make a stuck task at least + killable. GPUs just die and your users won't like you more if you hang their + entire box (by means of an unkillable X process). If the state recovery is + still too tricky have a timeout or hangcheck safety net as a last-ditch + effort in case the hardware has gone bananas. + + * Have testcases for the really tricky corner cases in your error recovery code + - it's way too easy to create a deadlock between your hangcheck code and + waiters. + + +Time, Waiting and Missing it +---------------------------- + +GPUs do most everything asynchronously, so we have a need to time operations and +wait for oustanding ones. This is really tricky business; at the moment none of +the ioctls supported by the drm/i915 get this fully right, which means there's +still tons more lessons to learn here. + + * Use CLOCK_MONOTONIC as your reference time, always. It's what alsa, drm and + v4l use by default nowadays. But let userspace know which timestamps are + derived from different clock domains like your main system clock (provided + by the kernel) or some independent hardware counter somewhere else. Clocks + will mismatch if you look close enough, but if performance measuring tools + have this information they can at least compensate. If your userspace can + get at the raw values of some clocks (e.g. through in-command-stream + performance counter sampling instructions) consider exposing those also. + + * Use __s64 seconds plus __u64 nanoseconds to specify time. It's not the most + convenient time specification, but it's mostly the standard. + + * Check that input time values are normalized and reject them if not. Note + that the kernel native struct ktime has a signed integer for both seconds + and nanoseconds, so beware here. + + * For timeouts, use absolute times. If you're a good fellow and made your + ioctl restartable relative timeouts tend to be too coarse and can + indefinitely extend your wait time due to rounding on each restart. + Especially if your reference clock is something really slow like the display + frame counter. With a spec laywer hat on this isn't a bug since timeouts can + always be extended - but users will surely hate you if their neat animations + starts to stutter due to this. + + * Consider ditching any synchronous wait ioctls with timeouts and just deliver + an asynchronous event on a pollable file descriptor. It fits much better + into event driven applications' main loop. + + * Have testcases for corner-cases, especially whether the return values for + already-completed events, successful waits and timed-out waits are all sane + and suiting to your needs. + + +Leaking Resources, Not +---------------------- + +A full-blown drm driver essentially implements a little OS, but specialized to +the given GPU platforms. This means a driver needs to expose tons of handles +for different objects and other resources to userspace. Doing that right +entails its own little set of pitfalls: + + * Always attach the lifetime of your dynamically created resources to the + lifetime of a file descriptor. Consider using a 1:1 mapping if your resource + needs to be shared across processes - fd-passing over unix domain sockets + also simplifies lifetime management for userspace. + + * Always have O_CLOEXEC support. + + * Ensure that you have sufficient insulation between different clients. By + default pick a private per-fd namespace which forces any sharing to be done + explictly. Only go with a more global per-device namespace if the objects + are truly device-unique. One counterexample in the drm modeset interfaces is + that the per-device modeset objects like connectors share a namespace with + framebuffer objects, which mostly are not shared at all. A separate + namespace, private by default, for framebuffers would have been more + suitable. + + * Think about uniqueness requirements for userspace handles. E.g. for most drm + drivers it's a userspace bug to submit the same object twice in the same + command submission ioctl. But then if objects are shareable userspace needs + to know whether it has seen an imported object from a different process + already or not. I haven't tried this myself yet due to lack of a new class + of objects, but consider using inode numbers on your shared file descriptors + as unique identifiers - it's how real files are told apart, too. + Unfortunately this requires a full-blown virtual filesystem in the kernel. + + +Last, but not Least +------------------- + +Not every problem needs a new ioctl: + + * Think hard whether you really want a driver-private interface. Of course + it's much quicker to push a driver-private interface than engaging in + lengthy discussions for a more generic solution. And occasionally doing a + private interface to spearhead a new concept is what's required. But in the + end, once the generic interface comes around you'll end up maintainer two + interfaces. Indefinitely. + + * Consider other interfaces than ioctls. A sysfs attribute is much better for + per-device settings, or for child objects with fairly static lifetimes (like + output connectors in drm with all the detection override attributes). Or + maybe only your testsuite needs this interface, and then debugfs with its + disclaimer of not having a stable ABI would be better. + +Finally, the name of the game is to get it right on the first attempt, since if +your driver proves popular and your hardware platforms long-lived then you'll +be stuck with a given ioctl essentially forever. You can try to deprecate +horrible ioctls on newer iterations of your hardware, but generally it takes +years to accomplish this. And then again years until the last user able to +complain about regressions disappears, too. diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX b/Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX index e8d2b6d83a3d..8c5e6aa78004 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 00-INDEX - this file: info on the kernel build process +headers_install.txt + - how to export Linux headers for use by userspace kbuild.txt - developer information on kbuild kconfig.txt diff --git a/Documentation/make/headers_install.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt index 951eb9f1e040..951eb9f1e040 100644 --- a/Documentation/make/headers_install.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index c600e2f44a62..764f5991a3fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -23,11 +23,10 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles. === 4 Host Program support --- 4.1 Simple Host Program --- 4.2 Composite Host Programs - --- 4.3 Defining shared libraries - --- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs - --- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs - --- 4.6 When host programs are actually built - --- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO) + --- 4.3 Using C++ for host programs + --- 4.4 Controlling compiler options for host programs + --- 4.5 When host programs are actually built + --- 4.6 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO) === 5 Kbuild clean infrastructure @@ -643,29 +642,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following. Finally, the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog. Note: The syntax <executable>-y is not permitted for host-programs. ---- 4.3 Defining shared libraries - - Objects with extension .so are considered shared libraries, and - will be compiled as position independent objects. - Kbuild provides support for shared libraries, but the usage - shall be restricted. - In the following example the libkconfig.so shared library is used - to link the executable conf. - - Example: - #scripts/kconfig/Makefile - hostprogs-y := conf - conf-objs := conf.o libkconfig.so - libkconfig-objs := expr.o type.o - - Shared libraries always require a corresponding -objs line, and - in the example above the shared library libkconfig is composed by - the two objects expr.o and type.o. - expr.o and type.o will be built as position independent code and - linked as a shared library libkconfig.so. C++ is not supported for - shared libraries. - ---- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs +--- 4.3 Using C++ for host programs kbuild offers support for host programs written in C++. This was introduced solely to support kconfig, and is not recommended @@ -688,7 +665,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following. qconf-cxxobjs := qconf.o qconf-objs := check.o ---- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs +--- 4.4 Controlling compiler options for host programs When compiling host programs, it is possible to set specific flags. The programs will always be compiled utilising $(HOSTCC) passed @@ -716,7 +693,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following. When linking qconf, it will be passed the extra option "-L$(QTDIR)/lib". ---- 4.6 When host programs are actually built +--- 4.5 When host programs are actually built Kbuild will only build host-programs when they are referenced as a prerequisite. @@ -747,7 +724,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following. This will tell kbuild to build lxdialog even if not referenced in any rule. ---- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO) +--- 4.6 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO) A typical pattern in a Kbuild file looks like this: diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 90f6139608ff..5ae8608ca9f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -566,6 +566,17 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. possible to determine what the correct size should be. This option provides an override for these situations. + ca_keys= [KEYS] This parameter identifies a specific key(s) on + the system trusted keyring to be used for certificate + trust validation. + format: { id:<keyid> | builtin } + + cca= [MIPS] Override the kernel pages' cache coherency + algorithm. Accepted values range from 0 to 7 + inclusive. See arch/mips/include/asm/pgtable-bits.h + for platform specific values (SB1, Loongson3 and + others). + ccw_timeout_log [S390] See Documentation/s390/CommonIO for details. @@ -1319,6 +1330,23 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" } Default: "ima-ng" + ima.ahash_minsize= [IMA] Minimum file size for asynchronous hash usage + Format: <min_file_size> + Set the minimal file size for using asynchronous hash. + If left unspecified, ahash usage is disabled. + + ahash performance varies for different data sizes on + different crypto accelerators. This option can be used + to achieve the best performance for a particular HW. + + ima.ahash_bufsize= [IMA] Asynchronous hash buffer size + Format: <bufsize> + Set hashing buffer size. Default: 4k. + + ahash performance varies for different chunk sizes on + different crypto accelerators. This option can be used + to achieve best performance for particular HW. + init= [KNL] Format: <full_path> Run specified binary instead of /sbin/init as init @@ -1422,10 +1450,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. ip= [IP_PNP] See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt. - ip2= [HW] Set IO/IRQ pairs for up to 4 IntelliPort boards - See comment before ip2_setup() in - drivers/char/ip2/ip2base.c. - irqfixup [HW] When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken @@ -1698,8 +1722,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. 7 (KERN_DEBUG) debug-level messages log_buf_len=n[KMG] Sets the size of the printk ring buffer, - in bytes. n must be a power of two. The default - size is set in the kernel config file. + in bytes. n must be a power of two and greater + than the minimal size. The minimal size is defined + by LOG_BUF_SHIFT kernel config parameter. There is + also CONFIG_LOG_CPU_MAX_BUF_SHIFT config parameter + that allows to increase the default size depending on + the number of CPUs. See init/Kconfig for more details. logo.nologo [FB] Disables display of the built-in Linux logo. This may be used to provide more screen space for @@ -2172,6 +2200,21 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. and restore using xsave. The kernel will fallback to enabling legacy floating-point and sse state. + noxsaveopt [X86] Disables xsaveopt used in saving x86 extended + register states. The kernel will fall back to use + xsave to save the states. By using this parameter, + performance of saving the states is degraded because + xsave doesn't support modified optimization while + xsaveopt supports it on xsaveopt enabled systems. + + noxsaves [X86] Disables xsaves and xrstors used in saving and + restoring x86 extended register state in compacted + form of xsave area. The kernel will fall back to use + xsaveopt and xrstor to save and restore the states + in standard form of xsave area. By using this + parameter, xsave area per process might occupy more + memory on xsaves enabled systems. + eagerfpu= [X86] on enable eager fpu restore off disable eager fpu restore @@ -3036,6 +3079,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. S [KNL] Run init in single mode + s390_iommu= [HW,S390] + Set s390 IOTLB flushing mode + strict + With strict flushing every unmap operation will result in + an IOTLB flush. Default is lazy flushing before reuse, + which is faster. + sa1100ir [NET] See drivers/net/irda/sa1100_ir.c. @@ -3710,6 +3760,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Disables the ticketlock slowpath using Xen PV optimizations. + xen_nopv [X86] + Disables the PV optimizations forcing the HVM guest to + run as generic HVM guest with no PV drivers. + xirc2ps_cs= [NET,PCMCIA] Format: <irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]] diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX index d399ae1fc724..a3b4f209e562 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX @@ -18,3 +18,5 @@ sonypi.txt - info on Linux Sony Programmable I/O Device support. thinkpad-acpi.txt - information on the (IBM and Lenovo) ThinkPad ACPI Extras driver. +toshiba_haps.txt + - information on the Toshiba HDD Active Protection Sensor driver. diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c b/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c index aab2ff09e868..5e44b20b1848 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c +++ b/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c @@ -29,15 +29,12 @@ static const char app_name[] = "FREE FALL"; static int set_unload_heads_path(char *device) { - char devname[64]; - if (strlen(device) <= 5 || strncmp(device, "/dev/", 5) != 0) return -EINVAL; - strncpy(devname, device + 5, sizeof(devname) - 1); strncpy(device_path, device, sizeof(device_path) - 1); snprintf(unload_heads_path, sizeof(unload_heads_path) - 1, - "/sys/block/%s/device/unload_heads", devname); + "/sys/block/%s/device/unload_heads", device+5); return 0; } diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt b/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..11dbcfdc9e7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +Kernel driver toshiba_haps +Toshiba HDD Active Protection Sensor +==================================== + +Author: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> + + +0. Contents +----------- + +1. Description +2. Interface +3. Accelerometer axes +4. Supported devices +5. Usage + + +1. Description +-------------- + +This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various Toshiba +laptops, being called "Toshiba HDD Protection - Shock Sensor" officialy, +and detects laptops automatically with this device. +On Windows, Toshiba provided software monitors this device and provides +automatic HDD protection (head unload) on sudden moves or harsh vibrations, +however, this driver only provides a notification via a sysfs file to let +userspace tools or daemons act accordingly, as well as providing a sysfs +file to set the desired protection level or sensor sensibility. + + +2. Interface +------------ + +This device comes with 3 methods: +_STA - Checks existence of the device, returning Zero if the device does not + exists or is not supported. +PTLV - Sets the desired protection level. +RSSS - Shuts down the HDD protection interface for a few seconds, + then restores normal operation. + +Note: +The presence of Solid State Drives (SSD) can make this driver to fail loading, +given the fact that such drives have no movable parts, and thus, not requiring +any "protection" as well as failing during the evaluation of the _STA method +found under this device. + + +3. Accelerometer axes +--------------------- + +This device does not report any axes, however, to query the sensor position +a couple HCI (Hardware Configuration Interface) calls (0x6D and 0xA6) are +provided to query such information, handled by the kernel module toshiba_acpi +since kernel version 3.15. + + +4. Supported devices +-------------------- + +This driver binds itself to the ACPI device TOS620A, and any Toshiba laptop +with this device is supported, given the fact that they have the presence of +conventional HDD and not only SSD, or a combination of both HDD and SSD. + + +5. Usage +-------- + +The sysfs files under /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/ are: +protection_level - The protection_level is readable and writeable, and + provides a way to let userspace query the current protection + level, as well as set the desired protection level, the + available protection levels are: + 0 - Disabled | 1 - Low | 2 - Medium | 3 - High +reset_protection - The reset_protection entry is writeable only, being "1" + the only parameter it accepts, it is used to trigger + a reset of the protection interface. diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt index b41929224804..77c541802ad9 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt @@ -17,35 +17,50 @@ for applications. A key benefit of our solution is that it leverages the standard virtio framework for network, disk and console devices, though in our case the virtio framework is used across a PCIe bus. +MIC PCIe card has a dma controller with 8 channels. These channels are +shared between the host s/w and the card s/w. 0 to 3 are used by host +and 4 to 7 by card. As the dma device doesn't show up as PCIe device, +a virtual bus called mic bus is created and virtual dma devices are +created on it by the host/card drivers. On host the channels are private +and used only by the host driver to transfer data for the virtio devices. + Here is a block diagram of the various components described above. The virtio backends are situated on the host rather than the card given better single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of the host to initiate DMA's to/from the card using the MIC DMA engine and the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. - | - +----------+ | +----------+ - | Card OS | | | Host OS | - +----------+ | +----------+ - | -+-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+ -| Virtio| |Virtio | |Virtio| | |Virtio | |Virtio | |Virtio | -| Net | |Console | |Block | | |Net | |Console | |Block | -| Driver| |Driver | |Driver| | |backend | |backend | |backend | -+-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+ - | | | | | | | - | | | |User | | | - | | | |------|------------|---------|------- - +-------------------+ |Kernel +--------------------------+ - | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | - | | +--------------------------+ - +--------------+ | | - |Intel MIC | | +---------------+ - |Card Driver | | |Intel MIC | - +--------------+ | |Host Driver | - | | +---------------+ - | | | - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - | | - | PCIe Bus | - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | + +----------+ | +----------+ + | Card OS | | | Host OS | + +----------+ | +----------+ + | + +-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+ + | Virtio| |Virtio | |Virtio| | |Virtio | |Virtio | |Virtio | + | Net | |Console | |Block | | |Net | |Console | |Block | + | Driver| |Driver | |Driver| | |backend | |backend | |backend | + +-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+ + | | | | | | | + | | | |User | | | + | | | |------|------------|---------|------- + +-------------------+ |Kernel +--------------------------+ + | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | + | | +--------------------------+ ++-----------+ | | | +-----------+ +| MIC DMA | | | | | MIC DMA | +| Driver | | | | | Driver | ++-----------+ | | | +-----------+ + | | | | | ++---------------+ | | | +----------------+ +|MIC virtual Bus| | | | |MIC virtual Bus | ++---------------+ | | | +----------------+ + | | | | | + | +--------------+ | +---------------+ | + | |Intel MIC | | |Intel MIC | | + +---|Card Driver | | |Host Driver | | + +--------------+ | +---------------+-----+ + | | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | + | PCIe Bus | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss index 3136c68dad0b..cacbdb0aefb9 100755 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss @@ -48,18 +48,18 @@ start() fi echo -e $"Starting MPSS Stack" - echo -e $"Loading MIC_HOST Module" + echo -e $"Loading MIC_X100_DMA & MIC_HOST Modules" - # Ensure the driver is loaded - if [ ! -d "$sysfs" ]; then - modprobe mic_host + for f in "mic_host" "mic_x100_dma" + do + modprobe $f RETVAL=$? if [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ]; then failure echo return $RETVAL fi - fi + done # Start the daemon echo -n $"Starting MPSSD " @@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ unload() stop sleep 5 - echo -n $"Removing MIC_HOST Module: " - modprobe -r mic_host + echo -n $"Removing MIC_HOST & MIC_X100_DMA Modules: " + modprobe -r mic_host mic_x100_dma RETVAL=$? [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ] && failure || success echo diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt index 9c723ecd0025..eeb5b2e97bed 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt @@ -542,10 +542,10 @@ mode XOR policy: Transmit based on the selected transmit hash policy. The default policy is a simple [(source - MAC address XOR'd with destination MAC address) modulo - slave count]. Alternate transmit policies may be - selected via the xmit_hash_policy option, described - below. + MAC address XOR'd with destination MAC address XOR + packet type ID) modulo slave count]. Alternate transmit + policies may be selected via the xmit_hash_policy option, + described below. This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance. @@ -801,10 +801,11 @@ xmit_hash_policy layer2 - Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses to generate the - hash. The formula is + Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and packet type ID + field to generate the hash. The formula is - (source MAC XOR destination MAC) modulo slave count + hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID + slave number = hash modulo slave count This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the same slave. @@ -819,7 +820,7 @@ xmit_hash_policy Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and IP addresses to generate the hash. The formula is - hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC + hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID hash = hash XOR source IP XOR destination IP hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 16) hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 8) @@ -2301,13 +2302,13 @@ broadcast: Like active-backup, there is not much advantage to this bandwidth. Additionally, the linux bonding 802.3ad implementation - distributes traffic by peer (using an XOR of MAC addresses), - so in a "gatewayed" configuration, all outgoing traffic will - generally use the same device. Incoming traffic may also end - up on a single device, but that is dependent upon the - balancing policy of the peer's 8023.ad implementation. In a - "local" configuration, traffic will be distributed across the - devices in the bond. + distributes traffic by peer (using an XOR of MAC addresses + and packet type ID), so in a "gatewayed" configuration, all + outgoing traffic will generally use the same device. Incoming + traffic may also end up on a single device, but that is + dependent upon the balancing policy of the peer's 8023.ad + implementation. In a "local" configuration, traffic will be + distributed across the devices in the bond. Finally, the 802.3ad mode mandates the use of the MII monitor, therefore, the ARP monitor is not available in this mode. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index ee78eba78a9d..c48a9704bda8 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ team driver's classifier for its load-balancing mode, netfilter's xt_bpf extension, PTP dissector/classifier, and much more. They are all internally converted by the kernel into the new instruction set representation and run in the eBPF interpreter. For in-kernel handlers, this all works transparently -by using sk_unattached_filter_create() for setting up the filter, resp. -sk_unattached_filter_destroy() for destroying it. The macro -SK_RUN_FILTER(filter, ctx) transparently invokes eBPF interpreter or JITed -code to run the filter. 'filter' is a pointer to struct sk_filter that we -got from sk_unattached_filter_create(), and 'ctx' the given context (e.g. -skb pointer). All constraints and restrictions from sk_chk_filter() apply +by using bpf_prog_create() for setting up the filter, resp. +bpf_prog_destroy() for destroying it. The macro +BPF_PROG_RUN(filter, ctx) transparently invokes eBPF interpreter or JITed +code to run the filter. 'filter' is a pointer to struct bpf_prog that we +got from bpf_prog_create(), and 'ctx' the given context (e.g. +skb pointer). All constraints and restrictions from bpf_check_classic() apply before a conversion to the new layout is being done behind the scenes! Currently, the classic BPF format is being used for JITing on most of the diff --git a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt index f737273c6dc1..a251bf4fe9c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt @@ -69,8 +69,11 @@ Additional Configurations FCoE ---- - Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) hardware offload is not currently - supported. + The driver supports Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and Data Center + Bridging (DCB) functionality. Configuring DCB and FCoE is outside the scope + of this driver doc. Refer to http://www.open-fcoe.org/ for FCoE project + information and http://www.open-lldp.org/ or email list + e1000-eedc@lists.sourceforge.net for DCB information. MAC and VLAN anti-spoofing feature ---------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index ab42c95f9985..29a93518bf18 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -101,19 +101,17 @@ ipfrag_high_thresh - INTEGER Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments. When ipfrag_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this purpose, the fragment handler will toss packets until ipfrag_low_thresh - is reached. + is reached. This also serves as a maximum limit to namespaces + different from the initial one. ipfrag_low_thresh - INTEGER - See ipfrag_high_thresh + Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments before the kernel + begins to remove incomplete fragment queues to free up resources. + The kernel still accepts new fragments for defragmentation. ipfrag_time - INTEGER Time in seconds to keep an IP fragment in memory. -ipfrag_secret_interval - INTEGER - Regeneration interval (in seconds) of the hash secret (or lifetime - for the hash secret) for IP fragments. - Default: 600 - ipfrag_max_dist - INTEGER ipfrag_max_dist is a non-negative integer value which defines the maximum "disorder" which is allowed among fragments which share a @@ -1132,6 +1130,15 @@ flowlabel_consistency - BOOLEAN FALSE: disabled Default: TRUE +auto_flowlabels - BOOLEAN + Automatically generate flow labels based based on a flow hash + of the packet. This allows intermediate devices, such as routers, + to idenfify packet flows for mechanisms like Equal Cost Multipath + Routing (see RFC 6438). + TRUE: enabled + FALSE: disabled + Default: false + anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply @@ -1153,11 +1160,6 @@ ip6frag_low_thresh - INTEGER ip6frag_time - INTEGER Time in seconds to keep an IPv6 fragment in memory. -ip6frag_secret_interval - INTEGER - Regeneration interval (in seconds) of the hash secret (or lifetime - for the hash secret) for IPv6 fragments. - Default: 600 - conf/default/*: Change the interface-specific default settings. @@ -1210,6 +1212,18 @@ accept_ra_defrtr - BOOLEAN Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled. disabled if accept_ra is disabled. +accept_ra_from_local - BOOLEAN + Accept RA with source-address that is found on local machine + if the RA is otherwise proper and able to be accepted. + Default is to NOT accept these as it may be an un-intended + network loop. + + Functional default: + enabled if accept_ra_from_local is enabled + on a specific interface. + disabled if accept_ra_from_local is disabled + on a specific interface. + accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN Learn Prefix Information in Router Advertisement. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt index 38112d512f47..a6d7cb91069e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt @@ -1008,14 +1008,9 @@ hardware timestamps to be used. Note: you may need to enable the generation of hardware timestamps with SIOCSHWTSTAMP (see related information from Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt). -PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as -SO_TIMESTAMPING. However, only the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE -and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE values are recognized by -PACKET_TIMESTAMP. SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE takes precedence over -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE if both bits are set. - - int req = 0; - req |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE; +PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as SO_TIMESTAMPING: + + int req = SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE; setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_TIMESTAMP, (void *) &req, sizeof(req)) For the mmap(2)ed ring buffers, such timestamps are stored in the @@ -1023,14 +1018,13 @@ tpacket{,2,3}_hdr structure's tp_sec and tp_{n,u}sec members. To determine what kind of timestamp has been reported, the tp_status field is binary |'ed with the following possible bits ... - TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE TP_STATUS_TS_RAW_HARDWARE TP_STATUS_TS_SOFTWARE ... that are equivalent to its SOF_TIMESTAMPING_* counterparts. For the -RX_RING, if none of those 3 are set (i.e. PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set), -then this means that a software fallback was invoked *within* PF_PACKET's -processing code (less precise). +RX_RING, if neither is set (i.e. PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set), then a +software fallback was invoked *within* PF_PACKET's processing code (less +precise). Getting timestamps for the TX_RING works as follows: i) fill the ring frames, ii) call sendto() e.g. in blocking mode, iii) wait for status of relevant diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index 3544c98401fd..e839e7efc835 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -272,6 +272,8 @@ Writing a PHY driver txtsamp: Requests a transmit timestamp at the PHY level for a 'skb' set_wol: Enable Wake-on-LAN at the PHY level get_wol: Get the Wake-on-LAN status at the PHY level + read_mmd_indirect: Read PHY MMD indirect register + write_mmd_indirect: Write PHY MMD indirect register Of these, only config_aneg and read_status are required to be assigned by the driver code. The rest are optional. Also, it is @@ -284,7 +286,21 @@ Writing a PHY driver Feel free to look at the Marvell, Cicada, and Davicom drivers in drivers/net/phy/ for examples (the lxt and qsemi drivers have - not been tested as of this writing) + not been tested as of this writing). + + The PHY's MMD register accesses are handled by the PAL framework + by default, but can be overridden by a specific PHY driver if + required. This could be the case if a PHY was released for + manufacturing before the MMD PHY register definitions were + standardized by the IEEE. Most modern PHYs will be able to use + the generic PAL framework for accessing the PHY's MMD registers. + An example of such usage is for Energy Efficient Ethernet support, + implemented in the PAL. This support uses the PAL to access MMD + registers for EEE query and configuration if the PHY supports + the IEEE standard access mechanisms, or can use the PHY's specific + access interfaces if overridden by the specific PHY driver. See + the Micrel driver in drivers/net/phy/ for an example of how this + can be implemented. Board Fixups diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt index 0e30c7845b2b..0dffc6e37902 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt @@ -24,6 +24,34 @@ For monitoring and control pktgen creates: /proc/net/pktgen/ethX +Tuning NIC for max performance +============================== + +The default NIC setting are (likely) not tuned for pktgen's artificial +overload type of benchmarking, as this could hurt the normal use-case. + +Specifically increasing the TX ring buffer in the NIC: + # ethtool -G ethX tx 1024 + +A larger TX ring can improve pktgen's performance, while it can hurt +in the general case, 1) because the TX ring buffer might get larger +than the CPUs L1/L2 cache, 2) because it allow more queueing in the +NIC HW layer (which is bad for bufferbloat). + +One should be careful to conclude, that packets/descriptors in the HW +TX ring cause delay. Drivers usually delay cleaning up the +ring-buffers (for various performance reasons), thus packets stalling +the TX ring, might just be waiting for cleanup. + +This cleanup issues is specifically the case, for the driver ixgbe +(Intel 82599 chip). This driver (ixgbe) combine TX+RX ring cleanups, +and the cleanup interval is affected by the ethtool --coalesce setting +of parameter "rx-usecs". + +For ixgbe use e.g "30" resulting in approx 33K interrupts/sec (1/30*10^6): + # ethtool -C ethX rx-usecs 30 + + Viewing threads =============== /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt index bc3554124903..897f942b976b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ the set bits correspond to data that is available, then the control message will not be generated: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE: report systime if available -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: report hwtimetrans if available +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: report hwtimetrans if available (deprecated) SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE: report hwtimeraw if available It is worth noting that timestamps may be collected for reasons other @@ -88,13 +88,12 @@ hwtimeraw is the original hardware time stamp. Filled in if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE is set. No assumptions about its relation to system time should be made. -hwtimetrans is the hardware time stamp transformed so that it -corresponds as good as possible to system time. This correlation is -not perfect; as a consequence, sorting packets received via different -NICs by their hwtimetrans may differ from the order in which they were -received. hwtimetrans may be non-monotonic even for the same NIC. -Filled in if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE is set. Requires support -by the network device and will be empty without that support. +hwtimetrans is always zero. This field is deprecated. It used to hold +hw timestamps converted to system time. Instead, expose the hardware +clock device on the NIC directly as a HW PTP clock source, to allow +time conversion in userspace and optionally synchronize system time +with a userspace PTP stack such as linuxptp. For the PTP clock API, +see Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt. SIOCSHWTSTAMP, SIOCGHWTSTAMP: @@ -185,7 +184,6 @@ struct skb_shared_hwtstamps { * since arbitrary point in time */ ktime_t hwtstamp; - ktime_t syststamp; /* hwtstamp transformed to system time base */ }; Time stamps for outgoing packets are to be generated as follows: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c index 8ba82bfe6a33..5cdfd743447b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c @@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ static void usage(const char *error) " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE - hardware time stamping of incoming packets\n" " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE - software fallback for incoming packets\n" " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE - request reporting of software time stamps\n" - " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE - request reporting of transformed HW time stamps\n" " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE - request reporting of raw HW time stamps\n" " SIOCGSTAMP - check last socket time stamp\n" " SIOCGSTAMPNS - more accurate socket time stamp\n"); @@ -202,9 +201,7 @@ static void printpacket(struct msghdr *msg, int res, (long)stamp->tv_sec, (long)stamp->tv_nsec); stamp++; - printf("HW transformed %ld.%09ld ", - (long)stamp->tv_sec, - (long)stamp->tv_nsec); + /* skip deprecated HW transformed */ stamp++; printf("HW raw %ld.%09ld", (long)stamp->tv_sec, @@ -361,8 +358,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE; else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE")) so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE; - else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE")) - so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE; else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE")) so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE; else diff --git a/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt b/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt index e3155995ddd8..beefb9f82902 100644 --- a/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt +++ b/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt @@ -268,6 +268,8 @@ characters, each representing a particular tainted value. 14: 'E' if an unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting module signature. + 15: 'L' if a soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. + The primary reason for the 'Tainted: ' string is to tell kernel debuggers if this is a clean kernel or if anything unusual has occurred. Tainting is permanent: even if an offending module is diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index ebff6ee52441..c6594af94d25 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -53,10 +53,12 @@ unregister the PHY. The PHY driver should create the PHY in order for other peripheral controllers to make use of it. The PHY framework provides 2 APIs to create the PHY. -struct phy *phy_create(struct device *dev, const struct phy_ops *ops, - struct phy_init_data *init_data); -struct phy *devm_phy_create(struct device *dev, const struct phy_ops *ops, - struct phy_init_data *init_data); +struct phy *phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node, + const struct phy_ops *ops, + struct phy_init_data *init_data); +struct phy *devm_phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node, + const struct phy_ops *ops, + struct phy_init_data *init_data); The PHY drivers can use one of the above 2 APIs to create the PHY by passing the device pointer, phy ops and init_data. diff --git a/Documentation/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/power/opp.txt index a9adad828cdc..c6279c2be47c 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/opp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/opp.txt @@ -51,9 +51,6 @@ Typical usage of the OPP library is as follows: SoC framework -> modifies on required cases certain OPPs -> OPP layer -> queries to search/retrieve information -> -Architectures that provide a SoC framework for OPP should select ARCH_HAS_OPP -to make the OPP layer available. - OPP layer expects each domain to be represented by a unique device pointer. SoC framework registers a set of initial OPPs per device with the OPP layer. This list is expected to be an optimally small number typically around 5 per device. diff --git a/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt b/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt index 89a8816990ff..48cff881cb8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt @@ -118,6 +118,10 @@ relative, time-based measurements. CONSTANT_CHARGE_CURRENT - constant charge current programmed by charger. CONSTANT_CHARGE_CURRENT_MAX - maximum charge current supported by the power supply object. +INPUT_CURRENT_LIMIT - input current limit programmed by charger. Indicates +the current drawn from a charging source. +CHARGE_TERM_CURRENT - Charge termination current used to detect the end of charge +condition. CONSTANT_CHARGE_VOLTAGE - constant charge voltage programmed by charger. CONSTANT_CHARGE_VOLTAGE_MAX - maximum charge voltage supported by the @@ -140,6 +144,8 @@ TEMP_ALERT_MAX - maximum battery temperature alert. TEMP_AMBIENT - ambient temperature. TEMP_AMBIENT_ALERT_MIN - minimum ambient temperature alert. TEMP_AMBIENT_ALERT_MAX - maximum ambient temperature alert. +TEMP_MIN - minimum operatable temperature +TEMP_MAX - maximum operatable temperature TIME_TO_EMPTY - seconds left for battery to be considered empty (i.e. while battery powers a load) diff --git a/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt b/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt index 55c4175d8099..81c0e2b49cd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt @@ -180,3 +180,38 @@ int regulator_unregister_notifier(struct regulator *regulator, Regulators use the kernel notifier framework to send event to their interested consumers. + +7. Regulator Direct Register Access +=================================== +Some kinds of power management hardware or firmware are designed such that +they need to do low-level hardware access to regulators, with no involvement +from the kernel. Examples of such devices are: + +- clocksource with a voltage-controlled oscillator and control logic to change + the supply voltage over I2C to achieve a desired output clock rate +- thermal management firmware that can issue an arbitrary I2C transaction to + perform system poweroff during overtemperature conditions + +To set up such a device/firmware, various parameters like I2C address of the +regulator, addresses of various regulator registers etc. need to be configured +to it. The regulator framework provides the following helpers for querying +these details. + +Bus-specific details, like I2C addresses or transfer rates are handled by the +regmap framework. To get the regulator's regmap (if supported), use :- + +struct regmap *regulator_get_regmap(struct regulator *regulator); + +To obtain the hardware register offset and bitmask for the regulator's voltage +selector register, use :- + +int regulator_get_hardware_vsel_register(struct regulator *regulator, + unsigned *vsel_reg, + unsigned *vsel_mask); + +To convert a regulator framework voltage selector code (used by +regulator_list_voltage) to a hardware-specific voltage selector that can be +directly written to the voltage selector register, use :- + +int regulator_list_hardware_vsel(struct regulator *regulator, + unsigned selector); diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX index 6db73df04278..a68784d0a1ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX @@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ firmware-assisted-dump.txt - Documentation on the firmware assisted dump mechanism "fadump". hvcs.txt - IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide -kvm_440.txt - - Various notes on the implementation of KVM for PowerPC 440. mpc52xx.txt - Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family pmu-ebb.txt diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/kvm_440.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/kvm_440.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c02a003fa03a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/kvm_440.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com> -15 Apr 2008 - -Various notes on the implementation of KVM for PowerPC 440: - -To enforce isolation, host userspace, guest kernel, and guest userspace all -run at user privilege level. Only the host kernel runs in supervisor mode. -Executing privileged instructions in the guest traps into KVM (in the host -kernel), where we decode and emulate them. Through this technique, unmodified -440 Linux kernels can be run (slowly) as guests. Future performance work will -focus on reducing the overhead and frequency of these traps. - -The usual code flow is started from userspace invoking an "run" ioctl, which -causes KVM to switch into guest context. We use IVPR to hijack the host -interrupt vectors while running the guest, which allows us to direct all -interrupts to kvmppc_handle_interrupt(). At this point, we could either -- handle the interrupt completely (e.g. emulate "mtspr SPRG0"), or -- let the host interrupt handler run (e.g. when the decrementer fires), or -- return to host userspace (e.g. when the guest performs device MMIO) - -Address spaces: We take advantage of the fact that Linux doesn't use the AS=1 -address space (in host or guest), which gives us virtual address space to use -for guest mappings. While the guest is running, the host kernel remains mapped -in AS=0, but the guest can only use AS=1 mappings. - -TLB entries: The TLB entries covering the host linear mapping remain -present while running the guest. This reduces the overhead of lightweight -exits, which are handled by KVM running in the host kernel. We keep three -copies of the TLB: - - guest TLB: contents of the TLB as the guest sees it - - shadow TLB: the TLB that is actually in hardware while guest is running - - host TLB: to restore TLB state when context switching guest -> host -When a TLB miss occurs because a mapping was not present in the shadow TLB, -but was present in the guest TLB, KVM handles the fault without invoking the -guest. Large guest pages are backed by multiple 4KB shadow pages through this -mechanism. - -IO: MMIO and DCR accesses are emulated by userspace. We use virtio for network -and block IO, so those drivers must be enabled in the guest. It's possible -that some qemu device emulation (e.g. e1000 or rtl8139) may also work with -little effort. diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt index 335f3c6087dc..626052f403bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt +++ b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt @@ -20,13 +20,26 @@ II. Known problems None. -III. To do +III. DMA Engine Support - Add DMA data transfers (non-messaging). - Add inbound region (SRIO-to-PCIe) mapping. +Tsi721 mport driver supports DMA data transfers between local system memory and +remote RapidIO devices. This functionality is implemented according to SLAVE +mode API defined by common Linux kernel DMA Engine framework. + +Depending on system requirements RapidIO DMA operations can be included/excluded +by setting CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DMA_ENGINE option. Tsi721 miniport driver uses seven +out of eight available BDMA channels to support DMA data transfers. +One BDMA channel is reserved for generation of maintenance read/write requests. + +If Tsi721 mport driver have been built with RAPIDIO_DMA_ENGINE support included, +this driver will accept DMA-specific module parameter: + "dma_desc_per_channel" - defines number of hardware buffer descriptors used by + each BDMA channel of Tsi721 (by default - 128). IV. Version History + 1.1.0 - DMA operations re-worked to support data scatter/gather lists larger + than hardware buffer descriptors ring. 1.0.0 - Initial driver release. V. License diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt index cda5f8fa2c66..1d508dcbf859 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ SCSI_NCR_SETUP_FORCE_SYNC_NEGO (default: not defined) SCSI_NCR_SETUP_MASTER_PARITY (default: defined) If defined, master parity checking is enabled. -SCSI_NCR_SETUP_MASTER_PARITY (default: defined) +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_SCSI_PARITY (default: defined) If defined, SCSI parity checking is enabled. SCSI_NCR_PROFILE_SUPPORT (default: not defined) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt index 3303d218b32e..0810132772a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt @@ -317,8 +317,6 @@ Each of the parameters is a number, containing the described information: 4 0x10 16 Immediate return on BIOS seek command. (Not used) (*)5 0x20 32 Check for LUNs >= 1. - The default for LUN Check depends on CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN. - * TaggedCmnds is a number indicating the maximum number of Tagged Commands. It is the binary logarithm - 1 of the actual number. Max is 4 (32). Value Number of Tagged Commands diff --git a/Documentation/security/LSM.txt b/Documentation/security/LSM.txt index c335a763a2ed..3db7e671c440 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/LSM.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/LSM.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, building their checks on top of the defined capability hooks. For more details on capabilities, see capabilities(7) in the Linux man-pages project. -Based on http://kerneltrap.org/Linux/Documenting_Security_Module_Intent, +Based on https://lkml.org/lkml/2007/10/26/215, a new LSM is accepted into the kernel when its intent (a description of what it tries to protect against and in what cases one would expect to use it) has been appropriately documented in Documentation/security/. diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index a4c33f1a7c6d..8727c194ca16 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -1150,20 +1150,24 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: const void *data; size_t datalen; size_t quotalen; + time_t expiry; }; Before calling the method, the caller will fill in data and datalen with the payload blob parameters; quotalen will be filled in with the default - quota size from the key type and the rest will be cleared. + quota size from the key type; expiry will be set to TIME_T_MAX and the + rest will be cleared. If a description can be proposed from the payload contents, that should be attached as a string to the description field. This will be used for the key description if the caller of add_key() passes NULL or "". The method can attach anything it likes to type_data[] and payload. These - are merely passed along to the instantiate() or update() operations. + are merely passed along to the instantiate() or update() operations. If + set, the expiry time will be applied to the key if it is instantiated from + this data. - The method should return 0 if success ful or a negative error code + The method should return 0 if successful or a negative error code otherwise. @@ -1172,7 +1176,9 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: This method is only required if the preparse() method is provided, otherwise it is unused. It cleans up anything attached to the description, type_data and payload fields of the key_preparsed_payload - struct as filled in by the preparse() method. + struct as filled in by the preparse() method. It will always be called + after preparse() returns successfully, even if instantiate() or update() + succeed. (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, struct key_preparsed_payload *prep); diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 7ccf933bfbe0..48148d6d9307 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -2026,8 +2026,8 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. ------------------- Module for sound cards based on the Asus AV66/AV100/AV200 chips, - i.e., Xonar D1, DX, D2, D2X, DS, Essence ST (Deluxe), Essence STX, - HDAV1.3 (Deluxe), and HDAV1.3 Slim. + i.e., Xonar D1, DX, D2, D2X, DS, DSX, Essence ST (Deluxe), + Essence STX (II), HDAV1.3 (Deluxe), and HDAV1.3 Slim. This module supports autoprobe and multiple cards. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt index d1ab5e17eb13..a5e754714344 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt @@ -284,6 +284,11 @@ STAC92HD83* hp-zephyr HP Zephyr hp-led HP with broken BIOS for mute LED hp-inv-led HP with broken BIOS for inverted mute LED + hp-mic-led HP with mic-mute LED + headset-jack Dell Latitude with a 4-pin headset jack + hp-envy-bass Pin fixup for HP Envy bass speaker (NID 0x0f) + hp-envy-ts-bass Pin fixup for HP Envy TS bass speaker (NID 0x10) + hp-bnb13-eq Hardware equalizer setup for HP laptops auto BIOS setup (default) STAC92HD95 diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index cbc2f03056bd..aee73e78c7d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ Rules on what kind of patches are accepted, and which ones are not, into the Procedure for submitting patches to the -stable tree: + - If the patch covers files in net/ or drivers/net please follow netdev stable + submission guidelines as described in + Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.txt - Send the patch, after verifying that it follows the above rules, to stable@vger.kernel.org. You must note the upstream commit ID in the changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index c14374e71775..f79eb9666379 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -826,6 +826,7 @@ can be ORed together: 4096 - An out-of-tree module has been loaded. 8192 - An unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting module signature. +16384 - A soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX b/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX index 6d042dc1cce0..ee212a27772f 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ Makefile - Build and link hpet_example NO_HZ.txt - Summary of the different methods for the scheduler clock-interrupts management. +timekeeping.txt + - Clock sources, clock events, sched_clock() and delay timer notes timers-howto.txt - how to insert delays in the kernel the right (tm) way. timer_stats.txt diff --git a/Documentation/timers/timekeeping.txt b/Documentation/timers/timekeeping.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3a8cf28f802 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/timers/timekeeping.txt @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +Clock sources, Clock events, sched_clock() and delay timers +----------------------------------------------------------- + +This document tries to briefly explain some basic kernel timekeeping +abstractions. It partly pertains to the drivers usually found in +drivers/clocksource in the kernel tree, but the code may be spread out +across the kernel. + +If you grep through the kernel source you will find a number of architecture- +specific implementations of clock sources, clockevents and several likewise +architecture-specific overrides of the sched_clock() function and some +delay timers. + +To provide timekeeping for your platform, the clock source provides +the basic timeline, whereas clock events shoot interrupts on certain points +on this timeline, providing facilities such as high-resolution timers. +sched_clock() is used for scheduling and timestamping, and delay timers +provide an accurate delay source using hardware counters. + + +Clock sources +------------- + +The purpose of the clock source is to provide a timeline for the system that +tells you where you are in time. For example issuing the command 'date' on +a Linux system will eventually read the clock source to determine exactly +what time it is. + +Typically the clock source is a monotonic, atomic counter which will provide +n bits which count from 0 to 2^(n-1) and then wraps around to 0 and start over. +It will ideally NEVER stop ticking as long as the system is running. It +may stop during system suspend. + +The clock source shall have as high resolution as possible, and the frequency +shall be as stable and correct as possible as compared to a real-world wall +clock. It should not move unpredictably back and forth in time or miss a few +cycles here and there. + +It must be immune to the kind of effects that occur in hardware where e.g. +the counter register is read in two phases on the bus lowest 16 bits first +and the higher 16 bits in a second bus cycle with the counter bits +potentially being updated in between leading to the risk of very strange +values from the counter. + +When the wall-clock accuracy of the clock source isn't satisfactory, there +are various quirks and layers in the timekeeping code for e.g. synchronizing +the user-visible time to RTC clocks in the system or against networked time +servers using NTP, but all they do basically is update an offset against +the clock source, which provides the fundamental timeline for the system. +These measures does not affect the clock source per se, they only adapt the +system to the shortcomings of it. + +The clock source struct shall provide means to translate the provided counter +into a nanosecond value as an unsigned long long (unsigned 64 bit) number. +Since this operation may be invoked very often, doing this in a strict +mathematical sense is not desirable: instead the number is taken as close as +possible to a nanosecond value using only the arithmetic operations +multiply and shift, so in clocksource_cyc2ns() you find: + + ns ~= (clocksource * mult) >> shift + +You will find a number of helper functions in the clock source code intended +to aid in providing these mult and shift values, such as +clocksource_khz2mult(), clocksource_hz2mult() that help determine the +mult factor from a fixed shift, and clocksource_register_hz() and +clocksource_register_khz() which will help out assigning both shift and mult +factors using the frequency of the clock source as the only input. + +For real simple clock sources accessed from a single I/O memory location +there is nowadays even clocksource_mmio_init() which will take a memory +location, bit width, a parameter telling whether the counter in the +register counts up or down, and the timer clock rate, and then conjure all +necessary parameters. + +Since a 32-bit counter at say 100 MHz will wrap around to zero after some 43 +seconds, the code handling the clock source will have to compensate for this. +That is the reason why the clock source struct also contains a 'mask' +member telling how many bits of the source are valid. This way the timekeeping +code knows when the counter will wrap around and can insert the necessary +compensation code on both sides of the wrap point so that the system timeline +remains monotonic. + + +Clock events +------------ + +Clock events are the conceptual reverse of clock sources: they take a +desired time specification value and calculate the values to poke into +hardware timer registers. + +Clock events are orthogonal to clock sources. The same hardware +and register range may be used for the clock event, but it is essentially +a different thing. The hardware driving clock events has to be able to +fire interrupts, so as to trigger events on the system timeline. On an SMP +system, it is ideal (and customary) to have one such event driving timer per +CPU core, so that each core can trigger events independently of any other +core. + +You will notice that the clock event device code is based on the same basic +idea about translating counters to nanoseconds using mult and shift +arithmetic, and you find the same family of helper functions again for +assigning these values. The clock event driver does not need a 'mask' +attribute however: the system will not try to plan events beyond the time +horizon of the clock event. + + +sched_clock() +------------- + +In addition to the clock sources and clock events there is a special weak +function in the kernel called sched_clock(). This function shall return the +number of nanoseconds since the system was started. An architecture may or +may not provide an implementation of sched_clock() on its own. If a local +implementation is not provided, the system jiffy counter will be used as +sched_clock(). + +As the name suggests, sched_clock() is used for scheduling the system, +determining the absolute timeslice for a certain process in the CFS scheduler +for example. It is also used for printk timestamps when you have selected to +include time information in printk for things like bootcharts. + +Compared to clock sources, sched_clock() has to be very fast: it is called +much more often, especially by the scheduler. If you have to do trade-offs +between accuracy compared to the clock source, you may sacrifice accuracy +for speed in sched_clock(). It however requires some of the same basic +characteristics as the clock source, i.e. it should be monotonic. + +The sched_clock() function may wrap only on unsigned long long boundaries, +i.e. after 64 bits. Since this is a nanosecond value this will mean it wraps +after circa 585 years. (For most practical systems this means "never".) + +If an architecture does not provide its own implementation of this function, +it will fall back to using jiffies, making its maximum resolution 1/HZ of the +jiffy frequency for the architecture. This will affect scheduling accuracy +and will likely show up in system benchmarks. + +The clock driving sched_clock() may stop or reset to zero during system +suspend/sleep. This does not matter to the function it serves of scheduling +events on the system. However it may result in interesting timestamps in +printk(). + +The sched_clock() function should be callable in any context, IRQ- and +NMI-safe and return a sane value in any context. + +Some architectures may have a limited set of time sources and lack a nice +counter to derive a 64-bit nanosecond value, so for example on the ARM +architecture, special helper functions have been created to provide a +sched_clock() nanosecond base from a 16- or 32-bit counter. Sometimes the +same counter that is also used as clock source is used for this purpose. + +On SMP systems, it is crucial for performance that sched_clock() can be called +independently on each CPU without any synchronization performance hits. +Some hardware (such as the x86 TSC) will cause the sched_clock() function to +drift between the CPUs on the system. The kernel can work around this by +enabling the CONFIG_HAVE_UNSTABLE_SCHED_CLOCK option. This is another aspect +that makes sched_clock() different from the ordinary clock source. + + +Delay timers (some architectures only) +-------------------------------------- + +On systems with variable CPU frequency, the various kernel delay() functions +will sometimes behave strangely. Basically these delays usually use a hard +loop to delay a certain number of jiffy fractions using a "lpj" (loops per +jiffy) value, calibrated on boot. + +Let's hope that your system is running on maximum frequency when this value +is calibrated: as an effect when the frequency is geared down to half the +full frequency, any delay() will be twice as long. Usually this does not +hurt, as you're commonly requesting that amount of delay *or more*. But +basically the semantics are quite unpredictable on such systems. + +Enter timer-based delays. Using these, a timer read may be used instead of +a hard-coded loop for providing the desired delay. + +This is done by declaring a struct delay_timer and assigning the appropriate +function pointers and rate settings for this delay timer. + +This is available on some architectures like OpenRISC or ARM. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl index 78c9a7b2b58f..8f961ef2b457 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl +++ b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ use constant HIGH_KSWAPD_REWAKEUP => 21; use constant HIGH_NR_SCANNED => 22; use constant HIGH_NR_TAKEN => 23; use constant HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED => 24; +use constant HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED => 25; +use constant HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED => 26; +use constant HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED => 27; +use constant HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED => 28; my %perprocesspid; my %perprocess; @@ -56,14 +60,18 @@ my $opt_read_procstat; my $total_wakeup_kswapd; my ($total_direct_reclaim, $total_direct_nr_scanned); +my ($total_direct_nr_file_scanned, $total_direct_nr_anon_scanned); my ($total_direct_latency, $total_kswapd_latency); my ($total_direct_nr_reclaimed); +my ($total_direct_nr_file_reclaimed, $total_direct_nr_anon_reclaimed); my ($total_direct_writepage_file_sync, $total_direct_writepage_file_async); my ($total_direct_writepage_anon_sync, $total_direct_writepage_anon_async); my ($total_kswapd_nr_scanned, $total_kswapd_wake); +my ($total_kswapd_nr_file_scanned, $total_kswapd_nr_anon_scanned); my ($total_kswapd_writepage_file_sync, $total_kswapd_writepage_file_async); my ($total_kswapd_writepage_anon_sync, $total_kswapd_writepage_anon_async); my ($total_kswapd_nr_reclaimed); +my ($total_kswapd_nr_file_reclaimed, $total_kswapd_nr_anon_reclaimed); # Catch sigint and exit on request my $sigint_report = 0; @@ -374,6 +382,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: } my $isolate_mode = $1; my $nr_scanned = $4; + my $file = $6; # To closer match vmstat scanning statistics, only count isolate_both # and isolate_inactive as scanning. isolate_active is rotation @@ -382,6 +391,11 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: # isolate_both == 3 if ($isolate_mode != 2) { $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; + if ($file == 1) { + $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; + } else { + $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; + } } } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_lru_shrink_inactive") { $details = $6; @@ -391,8 +405,19 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: print " $regex_lru_shrink_inactive/o\n"; next; } + my $nr_reclaimed = $4; + my $flags = $6; + my $file = 0; + if ($flags =~ /RECLAIM_WB_FILE/) { + $file = 1; + } $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED} += $nr_reclaimed; + if ($file) { + $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED} += $nr_reclaimed; + } else { + $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED} += $nr_reclaimed; + } } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_writepage") { $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_writepage/o) { @@ -493,7 +518,11 @@ sub dump_stats { $total_direct_reclaim += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_DIRECT_RECLAIM_BEGIN}; $total_wakeup_kswapd += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD}; $total_direct_nr_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED}; + $total_direct_nr_file_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED}; + $total_direct_nr_anon_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED}; $total_direct_nr_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED}; + $total_direct_nr_file_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED}; + $total_direct_nr_anon_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED}; $total_direct_writepage_file_sync += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC}; $total_direct_writepage_anon_sync += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC}; $total_direct_writepage_file_async += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC}; @@ -513,7 +542,11 @@ sub dump_stats { $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_DIRECT_RECLAIM_BEGIN}, $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD}, $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED}, $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED}, $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC} + $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC}, $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC} + $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_ASYNC}, $this_reclaim_delay / 1000); @@ -552,7 +585,11 @@ sub dump_stats { $total_kswapd_wake += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_KSWAPD_WAKE}; $total_kswapd_nr_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED}; + $total_kswapd_nr_file_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED}; + $total_kswapd_nr_anon_scanned += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED}; $total_kswapd_nr_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED}; + $total_kswapd_nr_file_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED}; + $total_kswapd_nr_anon_reclaimed += $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED}; $total_kswapd_writepage_file_sync += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC}; $total_kswapd_writepage_anon_sync += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC}; $total_kswapd_writepage_file_async += $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC}; @@ -563,7 +600,11 @@ sub dump_stats { $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_KSWAPD_WAKE}, $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_KSWAPD_REWAKEUP}, $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED}, $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED}, + $stats{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED}, $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC} + $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC}, $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC} + $stats{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_ASYNC}); @@ -594,7 +635,11 @@ sub dump_stats { print "\nSummary\n"; print "Direct reclaims: $total_direct_reclaim\n"; print "Direct reclaim pages scanned: $total_direct_nr_scanned\n"; + print "Direct reclaim file pages scanned: $total_direct_nr_file_scanned\n"; + print "Direct reclaim anon pages scanned: $total_direct_nr_anon_scanned\n"; print "Direct reclaim pages reclaimed: $total_direct_nr_reclaimed\n"; + print "Direct reclaim file pages reclaimed: $total_direct_nr_file_reclaimed\n"; + print "Direct reclaim anon pages reclaimed: $total_direct_nr_anon_reclaimed\n"; print "Direct reclaim write file sync I/O: $total_direct_writepage_file_sync\n"; print "Direct reclaim write anon sync I/O: $total_direct_writepage_anon_sync\n"; print "Direct reclaim write file async I/O: $total_direct_writepage_file_async\n"; @@ -604,7 +649,11 @@ sub dump_stats { print "\n"; print "Kswapd wakeups: $total_kswapd_wake\n"; print "Kswapd pages scanned: $total_kswapd_nr_scanned\n"; + print "Kswapd file pages scanned: $total_kswapd_nr_file_scanned\n"; + print "Kswapd anon pages scanned: $total_kswapd_nr_anon_scanned\n"; print "Kswapd pages reclaimed: $total_kswapd_nr_reclaimed\n"; + print "Kswapd file pages reclaimed: $total_kswapd_nr_file_reclaimed\n"; + print "Kswapd anon pages reclaimed: $total_kswapd_nr_anon_reclaimed\n"; print "Kswapd reclaim write file sync I/O: $total_kswapd_writepage_file_sync\n"; print "Kswapd reclaim write anon sync I/O: $total_kswapd_writepage_anon_sync\n"; print "Kswapd reclaim write file async I/O: $total_kswapd_writepage_file_async\n"; @@ -629,7 +678,11 @@ sub aggregate_perprocesspid() { $perprocess{$process}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD}; $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_KSWAPD_REWAKEUP} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_KSWAPD_REWAKEUP}; $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED}; + $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED}; + $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED}; $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED}; + $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_RECLAIMED}; + $perprocess{$process}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_RECLAIMED}; $perprocess{$process}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_SYNC}; $perprocess{$process}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_ANON_SYNC}; $perprocess{$process}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC} += $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WRITEPAGE_FILE_ASYNC}; diff --git a/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt b/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt index 6424b130485c..a80b0e9a7a0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ macros such as these, and use driver_info to store more information. A short example, for a driver that supports several specific USB devices and their quirks, might have a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE like this: - static const struct usb_device_id mydriver_id_table = { + static const struct usb_device_id mydriver_id_table[] = { { USB_DEVICE (0x9999, 0xaaaa), driver_info: QUIRK_X }, { USB_DEVICE (0xbbbb, 0x8888), driver_info: QUIRK_Y|QUIRK_Z }, ... { } /* end with an all-zeroes entry */ - } - MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE (usb, mydriver_id_table); + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(usb, mydriver_id_table); Most USB device drivers should pass these tables to the USB subsystem as well as to the module management subsystem. Not all, though: some driver @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ something like this: if exposing any operations through usbdevfs: .ioctl = my_ioctl, */ - } + }; When the USB subsystem knows about a driver's device ID table, it's used when choosing drivers to probe(). The thread doing new device processing checks diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt index 1392b61d6ebe..7b90fe034c4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt @@ -2,8 +2,27 @@ Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> - October 28, 2010 - + Last-updated: February 2014 + + + Contents: + --------- + * What is Power Management? + * What is Remote Wakeup? + * When is a USB device idle? + * Forms of dynamic PM + * The user interface for dynamic PM + * Changing the default idle-delay time + * Warnings + * The driver interface for Power Management + * The driver interface for autosuspend and autoresume + * Other parts of the driver interface + * Mutual exclusion + * Interaction between dynamic PM and system PM + * xHCI hardware link PM + * USB Port Power Control + * User Interface for Port Power Control + * Suggested Userspace Port Power Policy What is Power Management? @@ -516,3 +535,225 @@ relevant attribute files is usb2_hardware_lpm. driver will enable hardware LPM for the device. You can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable USB2 hardware LPM manually. This is for test purpose mainly. + + + USB Port Power Control + ---------------------- + +In addition to suspending endpoint devices and enabling hardware +controlled link power management, the USB subsystem also has the +capability to disable power to ports under some conditions. Power is +controlled through Set/ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) requests to a hub. +In the case of a root or platform-internal hub the host controller +driver translates PORT_POWER requests into platform firmware (ACPI) +method calls to set the port power state. For more background see the +Linux Plumbers Conference 2012 slides [1] and video [2]: + +Upon receiving a ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) request a USB port is +logically off, and may trigger the actual loss of VBUS to the port [3]. +VBUS may be maintained in the case where a hub gangs multiple ports into +a shared power well causing power to remain until all ports in the gang +are turned off. VBUS may also be maintained by hub ports configured for +a charging application. In any event a logically off port will lose +connection with its device, not respond to hotplug events, and not +respond to remote wakeup events*. + +WARNING: turning off a port may result in the inability to hot add a device. +Please see "User Interface for Port Power Control" for details. + +As far as the effect on the device itself it is similar to what a device +goes through during system suspend, i.e. the power session is lost. Any +USB device or driver that misbehaves with system suspend will be +similarly affected by a port power cycle event. For this reason the +implementation shares the same device recovery path (and honors the same +quirks) as the system resume path for the hub. + +[1]: http://dl.dropbox.com/u/96820575/sarah-sharp-lpt-port-power-off2-mini.pdf +[2]: http://linuxplumbers.ubicast.tv/videos/usb-port-power-off-kerneluserspace-api/ +[3]: USB 3.1 Section 10.12 +* wakeup note: if a device is configured to send wakeup events the port + power control implementation will block poweroff attempts on that + port. + + + User Interface for Port Power Control + ------------------------------------- + +The port power control mechanism uses the PM runtime system. Poweroff is +requested by clearing the power/pm_qos_no_power_off flag of the port device +(defaults to 1). If the port is disconnected it will immediately receive a +ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) request. Otherwise, it will honor the pm runtime +rules and require the attached child device and all descendants to be suspended. +This mechanism is dependent on the hub advertising port power switching in its +hub descriptor (wHubCharacteristics logical power switching mode field). + +Note, some interface devices/drivers do not support autosuspend. Userspace may +need to unbind the interface drivers before the usb_device will suspend. An +unbound interface device is suspended by default. When unbinding, be careful +to unbind interface drivers, not the driver of the parent usb device. Also, +leave hub interface drivers bound. If the driver for the usb device (not +interface) is unbound the kernel is no longer able to resume the device. If a +hub interface driver is unbound, control of its child ports is lost and all +attached child-devices will disconnect. A good rule of thumb is that if the +'driver/module' link for a device points to /sys/module/usbcore then unbinding +it will interfere with port power control. + +Example of the relevant files for port power control. Note, in this example +these files are relative to a usb hub device (prefix). + + prefix=/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:14.0/usb3/3-1 + + attached child device + + hub port device + | + hub interface device + | | + v v v + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/device + + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/power/pm_qos_no_power_off + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/device/power/control + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/device/3-1.1:<intf0>/driver/unbind + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/device/3-1.1:<intf1>/driver/unbind + ... + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/device/3-1.1:<intfN>/driver/unbind + +In addition to these files some ports may have a 'peer' link to a port on +another hub. The expectation is that all superspeed ports have a +hi-speed peer. + +$prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1 +../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1 + +Distinct from 'companion ports', or 'ehci/xhci shared switchover ports' +peer ports are simply the hi-speed and superspeed interface pins that +are combined into a single usb3 connector. Peer ports share the same +ancestor XHCI device. + +While a superspeed port is powered off a device may downgrade its +connection and attempt to connect to the hi-speed pins. The +implementation takes steps to prevent this: + +1/ Port suspend is sequenced to guarantee that hi-speed ports are powered-off + before their superspeed peer is permitted to power-off. The implication is + that the setting pm_qos_no_power_off to zero on a superspeed port may not cause + the port to power-off until its highspeed peer has gone to its runtime suspend + state. Userspace must take care to order the suspensions if it wants to + guarantee that a superspeed port will power-off. + +2/ Port resume is sequenced to force a superspeed port to power-on prior to its + highspeed peer. + +3/ Port resume always triggers an attached child device to resume. After a + power session is lost the device may have been removed, or need reset. + Resuming the child device when the parent port regains power resolves those + states and clamps the maximum port power cycle frequency at the rate the child + device can suspend (autosuspend-delay) and resume (reset-resume latency). + +Sysfs files relevant for port power control: + <hubdev-portX>/power/pm_qos_no_power_off: + This writable flag controls the state of an idle port. + Once all children and descendants have suspended the + port may suspend/poweroff provided that + pm_qos_no_power_off is '0'. If pm_qos_no_power_off is + '1' the port will remain active/powered regardless of + the stats of descendants. Defaults to 1. + + <hubdev-portX>/power/runtime_status: + This file reflects whether the port is 'active' (power is on) + or 'suspended' (logically off). There is no indication to + userspace whether VBUS is still supplied. + + <hubdev-portX>/connect_type: + An advisory read-only flag to userspace indicating the + location and connection type of the port. It returns + one of four values 'hotplug', 'hardwired', 'not used', + and 'unknown'. All values, besides unknown, are set by + platform firmware. + + "hotplug" indicates an externally connectable/visible + port on the platform. Typically userspace would choose + to keep such a port powered to handle new device + connection events. + + "hardwired" refers to a port that is not visible but + connectable. Examples are internal ports for USB + bluetooth that can be disconnected via an external + switch or a port with a hardwired USB camera. It is + expected to be safe to allow these ports to suspend + provided pm_qos_no_power_off is coordinated with any + switch that gates connections. Userspace must arrange + for the device to be connected prior to the port + powering off, or to activate the port prior to enabling + connection via a switch. + + "not used" refers to an internal port that is expected + to never have a device connected to it. These may be + empty internal ports, or ports that are not physically + exposed on a platform. Considered safe to be + powered-off at all times. + + "unknown" means platform firmware does not provide + information for this port. Most commonly refers to + external hub ports which should be considered 'hotplug' + for policy decisions. + + NOTE1: since we are relying on the BIOS to get this ACPI + information correct, the USB port descriptions may be + missing or wrong. + + NOTE2: Take care in clearing pm_qos_no_power_off. Once + power is off this port will + not respond to new connect events. + + Once a child device is attached additional constraints are + applied before the port is allowed to poweroff. + + <child>/power/control: + Must be 'auto', and the port will not + power down until <child>/power/runtime_status + reflects the 'suspended' state. Default + value is controlled by child device driver. + + <child>/power/persist: + This defaults to '1' for most devices and indicates if + kernel can persist the device's configuration across a + power session loss (suspend / port-power event). When + this value is '0' (quirky devices), port poweroff is + disabled. + + <child>/driver/unbind: + Wakeup capable devices will block port poweroff. At + this time the only mechanism to clear the usb-internal + wakeup-capability for an interface device is to unbind + its driver. + +Summary of poweroff pre-requisite settings relative to a port device: + + echo 0 > power/pm_qos_no_power_off + echo 0 > peer/power/pm_qos_no_power_off # if it exists + echo auto > power/control # this is the default value + echo auto > <child>/power/control + echo 1 > <child>/power/persist # this is the default value + + Suggested Userspace Port Power Policy + ------------------------------------- + +As noted above userspace needs to be careful and deliberate about what +ports are enabled for poweroff. + +The default configuration is that all ports start with +power/pm_qos_no_power_off set to '1' causing ports to always remain +active. + +Given confidence in the platform firmware's description of the ports +(ACPI _PLD record for a port populates 'connect_type') userspace can +clear pm_qos_no_power_off for all 'not used' ports. The same can be +done for 'hardwired' ports provided poweroff is coordinated with any +connection switch for the port. + +A more aggressive userspace policy is to enable USB port power off for +all ports (set <hubdev-portX>/power/pm_qos_no_power_off to '0') when +some external factor indicates the user has stopped interacting with the +system. For example, a distro may want to enable power off all USB +ports when the screen blanks, and re-power them when the screen becomes +active. Smart phones and tablets may want to power off USB ports when +the user pushes the power button. diff --git a/Documentation/vfio.txt b/Documentation/vfio.txt index b9ca02370d46..96978eced341 100644 --- a/Documentation/vfio.txt +++ b/Documentation/vfio.txt @@ -305,7 +305,15 @@ faster, the map/unmap handling has been implemented in real mode which provides an excellent performance which has limitations such as inability to do locked pages accounting in real time. -So 3 additional ioctls have been added: +4) According to sPAPR specification, A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is an I/O +subtree that can be treated as a unit for the purposes of partitioning and +error recovery. A PE may be a single or multi-function IOA (IO Adapter), a +function of a multi-function IOA, or multiple IOAs (possibly including switch +and bridge structures above the multiple IOAs). PPC64 guests detect PCI errors +and recover from them via EEH RTAS services, which works on the basis of +additional ioctl commands. + +So 4 additional ioctls have been added: VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_GET_INFO - returns the size and the start of the DMA window on the PCI bus. @@ -316,9 +324,12 @@ So 3 additional ioctls have been added: VFIO_IOMMU_DISABLE - disables the container. + VFIO_EEH_PE_OP - provides an API for EEH setup, error detection and recovery. The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: + struct vfio_eeh_pe_op pe_op = { .argsz = sizeof(pe_op), .flags = 0 }; + ..... /* Add the group to the container */ ioctl(group, VFIO_GROUP_SET_CONTAINER, &container); @@ -342,9 +353,79 @@ The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: dma_map.flags = VFIO_DMA_MAP_FLAG_READ | VFIO_DMA_MAP_FLAG_WRITE; /* Check here is .iova/.size are within DMA window from spapr_iommu_info */ - ioctl(container, VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA, &dma_map); - ..... + + /* Get a file descriptor for the device */ + device = ioctl(group, VFIO_GROUP_GET_DEVICE_FD, "0000:06:0d.0"); + + .... + + /* Gratuitous device reset and go... */ + ioctl(device, VFIO_DEVICE_RESET); + + /* Make sure EEH is supported */ + ioctl(container, VFIO_CHECK_EXTENSION, VFIO_EEH); + + /* Enable the EEH functionality on the device */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_ENABLE; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* You're suggested to create additional data struct to represent + * PE, and put child devices belonging to same IOMMU group to the + * PE instance for later reference. + */ + + /* Check the PE's state and make sure it's in functional state */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_GET_STATE; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* Save device state using pci_save_state(). + * EEH should be enabled on the specified device. + */ + + .... + + /* When 0xFF's returned from reading PCI config space or IO BARs + * of the PCI device. Check the PE's state to see if that has been + * frozen. + */ + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* Waiting for pending PCI transactions to be completed and don't + * produce any more PCI traffic from/to the affected PE until + * recovery is finished. + */ + + /* Enable IO for the affected PE and collect logs. Usually, the + * standard part of PCI config space, AER registers are dumped + * as logs for further analysis. + */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_UNFREEZE_IO; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* + * Issue PE reset: hot or fundamental reset. Usually, hot reset + * is enough. However, the firmware of some PCI adapters would + * require fundamental reset. + */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_RESET_HOT; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_RESET_DEACTIVATE; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* Configure the PCI bridges for the affected PE */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_CONFIGURE; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + /* Restored state we saved at initialization time. pci_restore_state() + * is good enough as an example. + */ + + /* Hopefully, error is recovered successfully. Now, you can resume to + * start PCI traffic to/from the affected PE. + */ + + .... ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 index fc009d0ee7d6..a74eeccfe700 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -41,3 +41,5 @@ 40 -> TurboSight TBS 6981 [6981:8888] 41 -> TurboSight TBS 6980 [6980:8888] 42 -> Leadtek Winfast PxPVR2200 [107d:6f21] + 43 -> Hauppauge ImpactVCB-e [0070:7133] + 44 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Express2 [18ac:db98] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx index 5a3ddcd340d3..bc3351bb48b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC) (em2870) [1b80:a340] 77 -> EM2874 Leadership ISDBT (em2874) 78 -> PCTV nanoStick T2 290e (em28174) - 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad,0ccd:10b6] + 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [eb1a:2885,0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad,0ccd:10b6] 80 -> PCTV DVB-S2 Stick (460e) (em28174) 81 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 930C (em2884) [2040:1605] 82 -> Terratec Cinergy HTC Stick (em2884) [0ccd:00b2] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt index 06cf3ac83631..0f84ce8c9a7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ Basic usage for V4L2 and sub-device drivers Where foo->v4l2_dev is of type struct v4l2_device. - Finally, remove all control functions from your v4l2_ioctl_ops: - vidioc_queryctrl, vidioc_querymenu, vidioc_g_ctrl, vidioc_s_ctrl, - vidioc_g_ext_ctrls, vidioc_try_ext_ctrls and vidioc_s_ext_ctrls. + Finally, remove all control functions from your v4l2_ioctl_ops (if any): + vidioc_queryctrl, vidioc_query_ext_ctrl, vidioc_querymenu, vidioc_g_ctrl, + vidioc_s_ctrl, vidioc_g_ext_ctrls, vidioc_try_ext_ctrls and vidioc_s_ext_ctrls. Those are now no longer needed. 1.3.2) For sub-device drivers do this: @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ The new control value has already been validated, so all you need to do is to actually update the hardware registers. You're done! And this is sufficient for most of the drivers we have. No need -to do any validation of control values, or implement QUERYCTRL/QUERYMENU. And -G/S_CTRL as well as G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS are automatically supported. +to do any validation of control values, or implement QUERYCTRL, QUERY_EXT_CTRL +and QUERYMENU. And G/S_CTRL as well as G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS are automatically supported. ============================================================================== @@ -288,30 +288,45 @@ of v4l2_device. Accessing Control Values ======================== -The v4l2_ctrl struct contains these two unions: +The following union is used inside the control framework to access control +values: - /* The current control value. */ - union { +union v4l2_ctrl_ptr { + s32 *p_s32; + s64 *p_s64; + char *p_char; + void *p; +}; + +The v4l2_ctrl struct contains these fields that can be used to access both +current and new values: + + s32 val; + struct { s32 val; - s64 val64; - char *string; } cur; - /* The new control value. */ - union { - s32 val; - s64 val64; - char *string; - }; -Within the control ops you can freely use these. The val and val64 speak for -themselves. The string pointers point to character buffers of length + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur; + +If the control has a simple s32 type type, then: + + &ctrl->val == ctrl->p_new.p_s32 + &ctrl->cur.val == ctrl->p_cur.p_s32 + +For all other types use ctrl->p_cur.p<something>. Basically the val +and cur.val fields can be considered an alias since these are used so often. + +Within the control ops you can freely use these. The val and cur.val speak for +themselves. The p_char pointers point to character buffers of length ctrl->maximum + 1, and are always 0-terminated. -In most cases 'cur' contains the current cached control value. When you create -a new control this value is made identical to the default value. After calling -v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() this value is passed to the hardware. It is generally -a good idea to call this function. +Unless the control is marked volatile the p_cur field points to the the +current cached control value. When you create a new control this value is made +identical to the default value. After calling v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() this +value is passed to the hardware. It is generally a good idea to call this +function. Whenever a new value is set that new value is automatically cached. This means that most drivers do not need to implement the g_volatile_ctrl() op. The @@ -362,8 +377,8 @@ will result in a deadlock since these helpers lock the handler as well. You can also take the handler lock yourself: mutex_lock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock); - printk(KERN_INFO "String value is '%s'\n", ctrl1->cur.string); - printk(KERN_INFO "Integer value is '%s'\n", ctrl2->cur.val); + pr_info("String value is '%s'\n", ctrl1->p_cur.p_char); + pr_info("Integer value is '%s'\n", ctrl2->cur.val); mutex_unlock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock); diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index 667a43361706..a11dff07ef71 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -675,11 +675,6 @@ You should also set these fields: video_device is initialized you *do* know which parent PCI device to use and so you set dev_device to the correct PCI device. -- flags: optional. Set to V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO if you want to let the framework - handle the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This requires that you use struct - v4l2_fh. Eventually this flag will disappear once all drivers use the core - priority handling. But for now it has to be set explicitly. - If you use v4l2_ioctl_ops, then you should set .unlocked_ioctl to video_ioctl2 in your v4l2_file_operations struct. @@ -909,8 +904,7 @@ struct v4l2_fh struct v4l2_fh provides a way to easily keep file handle specific data that is used by the V4L2 framework. New drivers must use struct v4l2_fh -since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY) -if the video_device flag V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO is also set. +since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY). The users of v4l2_fh (in the V4L2 framework, not the driver) know whether a driver uses v4l2_fh as its file->private_data pointer by diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c index 46904fe49609..006721e43b2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -883,11 +883,6 @@ static int skeleton_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *ent) vdev->v4l2_dev = &skel->v4l2_dev; /* Supported SDTV standards, if any */ vdev->tvnorms = SKEL_TVNORMS; - /* If this bit is set, then the v4l2 core will provide the support - * for the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This flag will eventually - * go away once all drivers have been converted to use struct v4l2_fh. - */ - set_bit(V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO, &vdev->flags); video_set_drvdata(vdev, skel); ret = video_register_device(vdev, VFL_TYPE_GRABBER, -1); diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 68cda1fc3d52..beae3fde075e 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl. 4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION -Capability: basic +Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM for vm ioctl Architectures: all -Type: system ioctl +Type: system ioctl, vm ioctl Parameters: extension identifier (KVM_CAP_*) Returns: 0 if unsupported; 1 (or some other positive integer) if supported @@ -160,6 +160,9 @@ receives an integer that describes the extension availability. Generally 0 means no and 1 means yes, but some extensions may report additional information in the integer return value. +Based on their initialization different VMs may have different capabilities. +It is thus encouraged to use the vm ioctl to query for capabilities (available +with KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM on the vm fd) 4.5 KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE @@ -1892,7 +1895,8 @@ registers, find a list below: PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PID | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ACOP | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VRSAVE | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR_64 | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PPR | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ARCH_COMPAT | 32 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABRX | 32 @@ -2677,8 +2681,8 @@ The 'data' member contains, in its first 'len' bytes, the value as it would appear if the VCPU performed a load or store of the appropriate width directly to the byte array. -NOTE: For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_DCR, - KVM_EXIT_PAPR and KVM_EXIT_EPR the corresponding +NOTE: For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_PAPR and + KVM_EXIT_EPR the corresponding operations are complete (and guest state is consistent) only after userspace has re-entered the kernel with KVM_RUN. The kernel side will first finish incomplete operations and then check for pending signals. Userspace @@ -2749,7 +2753,7 @@ Principles of Operation Book in the Chapter for Dynamic Address Translation __u8 is_write; } dcr; -powerpc specific. +Deprecated - was used for 440 KVM. /* KVM_EXIT_OSI */ struct { @@ -2931,8 +2935,8 @@ The fields in each entry are defined as follows: this function/index combination -6. Capabilities that can be enabled ------------------------------------ +6. Capabilities that can be enabled on vCPUs +-------------------------------------------- There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual CPU or the virtual machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. @@ -3091,3 +3095,43 @@ Parameters: none This capability enables the in-kernel irqchip for s390. Please refer to "4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP" for details. + +7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs +------------------------------------------ + +There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual +machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. Below +you can find a list of capabilities and what their effect on the VM +is when enabling them. + +The following information is provided along with the description: + + Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. + x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. + + Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the capability. + + Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) + are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + + +7.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: args[0] is the sPAPR hcall number + args[1] is 0 to disable, 1 to enable in-kernel handling + +This capability controls whether individual sPAPR hypercalls (hcalls) +get handled by the kernel or not. Enabling or disabling in-kernel +handling of an hcall is effective across the VM. On creation, an +initial set of hcalls are enabled for in-kernel handling, which +consists of those hcalls for which in-kernel handlers were implemented +before this capability was implemented. If disabled, the kernel will +not to attempt to handle the hcall, but will always exit to userspace +to handle it. Note that it may not make sense to enable some and +disable others of a group of related hcalls, but KVM does not prevent +userspace from doing that. + +If the hcall number specified is not one that has an in-kernel +implementation, the KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl will fail with an EINVAL +error. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2406 b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2406 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8137fe6f6c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2406 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +w1_ds2406 kernel driver +======================= + +Supported chips: + * Maxim DS2406 (and other family 0x12) addressable switches + +Author: Scott Alfter <scott@alfter.us> + +Description +----------- + +The w1_ds2406 driver allows connected devices to be switched on and off. +These chips also provide 128 bytes of OTP EPROM, but reading/writing it is +not supported. In TSOC-6 form, the DS2406 provides two switch outputs and +can be provided with power on a dedicated input. In TO-92 form, it provides +one output and uses parasitic power only. + +The driver provides two sysfs files. state is readable; it gives the +current state of each switch, with PIO A in bit 0 and PIO B in bit 1. The +driver ORs this state with 0x30, so shell scripts get an ASCII 0/1/2/3 to +work with. output is writable; bits 0 and 1 control PIO A and B, +respectively. Bits 2-7 are ignored, so it's safe to write ASCII data. + +CRCs are checked on read and write. Failed checks cause an I/O error to be +returned. On a failed write, the switch status is not changed. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt index eb7132ed8bbc..b3a701f48118 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ resets. Note that the pretimeout is the number of seconds before the time when the timeout will go off. It is not the number of seconds until the pretimeout. So, for instance, if you set the timeout to 60 seconds -and the pretimeout to 10 seconds, the pretimout will go of in 50 +and the pretimeout to 10 seconds, the pretimeout will go off in 50 seconds. Setting a pretimeout to zero disables it. There is also a get function for getting the pretimeout: diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers index 5889f8df6312..d313f5d8448d 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers @@ -150,10 +150,6 @@ LWN.net: 将旧版内核的驱动程序移植到 2.6 版： http://lwn.net/Articles/driver-porting/ -KernelTrap： - Linux 内核的最新动态以及开发者访谈 - http://kerneltrap.org/ - 内核新手(KernelNewbies): 为新的内核开发者提供文档和帮助 http://kernelnewbies.org/ diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index 0da95dbaef34..2b828e631e31 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -580,11 +580,6 @@ release()回调必须被设置，且在最后一个 video_device 用户退出之 v4l2_device 无法与特定的 PCI 设备关联，所有没有设置父设备。但当 video_device 配置后，就知道使用哪个父 PCI 设备了。 -- flags：可选。如果你要让框架处理设置 VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls， - 请设置 V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO。这要求你使用 v4l2_fh 结构体。 - 一旦所有驱动使用了核心的优先级处理，最终这个标志将消失。但现在它 - 必须被显式设置。 - 如果你使用 v4l2_ioctl_ops，则应该在 v4l2_file_operations 结构体中 设置 .unlocked_ioctl 指向 video_ioctl2。 @@ -789,7 +784,7 @@ v4l2_fh 结构体 ------------- v4l2_fh 结构体提供一个保存用于 V4L2 框架的文件句柄特定数据的简单方法。 -如果 video_device 的 flag 设置了 V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO 标志，新驱动 +如果 video_device 标志，新驱动 必须使用 v4l2_fh 结构体，因为它也用于实现优先级处理（VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY）。 v4l2_fh 的用户（位于 V4l2 框架中，并非驱动）可通过测试 |